Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Tek WFM601Ase
Tek WFM601Ase
Warning
The servicing instructions are for use by qualified
personnel only. To avoid personal injury, do not
perform any servicing unless you are qualified to
do so. Refer to all safety summaries prior to
performing service.
www.tektronix.com
Copyright © Tektronix, Inc. All rights reserved.
Tektronix products are covered by U.S. and foreign patents, issued and pending. Information in this publication supercedes
that in all previously published material. Specifications and price change privileges reserved.
Tektronix warrants that the products that it manufactures and sells will be free from defects in materials and workmanship
for a period of three (3) years from the date of shipment. If a product proves defective during this warranty period,
Tektronix, at its option, either will repair the defective product without charge for parts and labor, or will provide a
replacement in exchange for the defective product.
In order to obtain service under this warranty, Customer must notify Tektronix of the defect before the expiration of the
warranty period and make suitable arrangements for the performance of service. Customer shall be responsible for
packaging and shipping the defective product to the service center designated by Tektronix, with shipping charges prepaid.
Tektronix shall pay for the return of the product to Customer if the shipment is to a location within the country in which the
Tektronix service center is located. Customer shall be responsible for paying all shipping charges, duties, taxes, and any
other charges for products returned to any other locations.
This warranty shall not apply to any defect, failure or damage caused by improper use or improper or inadequate
maintenance and care. Tektronix shall not be obligated to furnish service under this warranty a) to repair damage resulting
from attempts by personnel other than Tektronix representatives to install, repair or service the product; b) to repair
damage resulting from improper use or connection to incompatible equipment; c) to repair any damage or malfunction
caused by the use of non-Tektronix supplies; or d) to service a product that has been modified or integrated with other
products when the effect of such modification or integration increases the time or difficulty of servicing the product.
Operating Information
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1
Hardware Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1
Connecting Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–7
Rear-Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–7
Operating Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–9
Front Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–9
Using the Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–12
Rear Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–13
Theory of Operation
Block Diagram Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1
Block Diagram 1, Input and Waveform Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1
Block Diagram 2, Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–4
Block Diagram 3, Microprocessor and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–5
Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–6
Performance Verification
Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1
Calibration Data Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–3
Performance Verification Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–6
Adjustment Procedures
Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–1
Using the Adjustment Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–5
Using the TG2000/DVG1 Opt S1 Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–9
Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–13
Circuit Board Adjustment Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–15
Waveform Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–17
TV Generator Test Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–24
Maintenance
Service Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–1
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–2
Options
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–1
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Parts Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–1
Using the Replaceable Electrical Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–1
Diagrams
Diagrams and Circuit Board Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–1
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–1
Component Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–1
Graphic Items and Special Symbols Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–1
Component Locator Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–1
List of Figures
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual iii
Table of Contents
List of Tables
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual vii
Table of Contents
Table 9–6: WFM 601A A5 Serial board (back) component locator* . 9–22
Table 9–7: WFM 601E A5 Serial board (front) component locator* . 9–26
Table 9–8: WFM 601E A5 Serial board (back) component locator* . 9–27
Table 9–9: A8 DAC board component locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–36
Table 9–10: A7 Component board component locator . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–44
Table 9–11: A3 Main board (front) component locator . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–55
Table 9–12: A3 Main board (back) component locator . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–57
Table 9–13: A2 Front Panel board (front) component locator . . . . . . 9–76
Table 9–14: A2 Front Panel board (back) component locator . . . . . . 9–76
Table 9–15: A1 Power Supply board component locator . . . . . . . . . . . 9–79
viii WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
General Safety Summary
Review the following safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to
this product or any products connected to it. To avoid potential hazards, use this
product only as specified.
Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures.
To Avoid Fire or Use Proper Power Cord. Use only the power cord specified for this product and
Personal Injury certified for the country of use.
Ground the Product. This product is grounded through the grounding conductor
of the power cord. To avoid electric shock, the grounding conductor must be
connected to earth ground. Before making connections to the input or output
terminals of the product, ensure that the product is properly grounded.
Do Not Operate Without Covers. Do not operate this product with covers or panels
removed.
Use Proper Fuse. Use only the fuse type and rating specified for this product.
Avoid Exposed Circuitry. Do not touch exposed connections and components
when power is present.
Observe All Terminal Ratings. To avoid fire or shock hazard, observe all ratings
and marking on the product. Consult the product manual for further ratings
information before making connections to the product.
Do not apply a potential to any terminal, including the common terminal, that
exceeds the maximum rating of that terminal.
Do Not Operate With Suspected Failures. If you suspect there is damage to this
product, have it inspected by qualified service personnel.
Do Not Operate in Wet/Damp Conditions.
Do Not Operate in an Explosive Atmosphere.
Provide Proper Ventilation. Refer to the manual’s installation instructions for
details on installing the product so it has proper ventilation.
Symbols and Terms Terms in this Manual. These terms may appear in this manual:
Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures. Read this Service
Safety Summary and the General Safety Summary before performing any service
procedures.
Do Not Service Alone. Do not perform internal service or adjustments of this
product unless another person capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation is
present.
Disconnect Power. To avoid electric shock, disconnect the main power by means
of the power cord or, if provided, the power switch.
Use Caution When Servicing the CRT. To avoid electric shock or injury, use
extreme caution when handling the CRT. Only qualified personnel familiar with
CRT servicing procedures and precautions should remove or install the CRT.
CRTs retain hazardous voltages for long periods of time after power is turned off.
Before attempting any servicing, discharge the CRT by shorting the anode to
chassis ground. When discharging the CRT, connect the discharge path to ground
and then the anode. Rough handling may cause the CRT to implode. Do not nick
or scratch the glass or subject it to undue pressure when removing or installing it.
When handling the CRT, wear safety goggles and heavy gloves for protection.
Use Care When Servicing With Power On. Dangerous voltages or currents may
exist in this product. Disconnect power, remove battery (if applicable), and
disconnect test leads before removing protective panels, soldering, or replacing
components.
To avoid electric shock, do not touch exposed connections.
X-Radiation. To avoid x-radiation exposure, do not modify or otherwise alter the
high-voltage circuitry or the CRT enclosure. X-ray emissions generated within
this product have been sufficiently shielded.
xii WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Preface
This manual provides servicing information for the WFM 601A, WFM 601E,
and WFM 601M Serial Digital Component Waveform Monitors. Procedures
described in this manual are designed for experienced service technicians. For
detailed operating information, refer to your waveform monitor User manual.
See section 7, Options, for the part number of the User manuals.
This manual supports both Module Level (for module exchange) and Component
Level service. Module Level service uses the block diagram and its descriptions
to isolate a problem to the circuits on a particular circuit board. To support
Component Level servicing there are schematic diagrams, circuit board
illustrations, and part location tables for each circuit board.
When preparing to service this instrument, remember that its circuit boards
contain surface mount components. Surface mount components require special
techniques and tools for removal and installation.
Most of the information and procedures in this manual are common across the
family of waveform monitors. However, each waveform monitor has several
unique features. When a procedure or a description is applies to a specific model,
it is indicated with the model number of the waveform monitor in parentheses.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual xiii
Preface
Tektronix Service Tektronix maintains a service organization that provides a number of services to
Offerings help you maintain the waveform monitor at its specified levels. These services
range from complete repair and adjustment, at a convenient location, to
supplying replacement parts. In addition, Tektronix provides training programs
for service technicians.
xiv WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Preface
When exchanging a circuit board, it is essential that you have the following key
information ready to relay to our technician:
H Instrument type
H Serial number
H Installed options
H Assembly/circuit board number (AX)
H Nine-digit part number (671-XXXX-XX)
H Software version number installed on your waveform monitor
Factory Replacement Parts. Replacement parts are available through the local
Tektronix field office or representative. However, many common electronic parts
are available through local sources. Using a local source, where possible, will
eliminate shipping delays.
Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate
improved components and to improve circuit performance. Therefore, it is
important to include the following information when ordering parts:
H Part number
H Instrument type or number
H Serial number
H Modification or option number (if applicable)
If a part has been replaced with a new or improved part, the new part will be
shipped, if it is a direct replacement. If not directly replaceable the local
Tektronix field office or representative will contact the customer concerning any
changes. After any repair, circuit readjustment may be required.
Contacting Tektronix
Phone 1-800-833-9200*
* This phone number is toll free in North America. After office hours, please leave a
voice mail message.
Outside North America, contact a Tektronix sales office or distributor; see the
Tektronix web site for a list of offices.
xvi WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Specifications
This section provides a brief overview of the WFM 601A, WFM 601E, and
WFM 601M waveform monitor product features. The feature list is followed by
the product specifications.
Product Description
The waveform monitors measure and display 4:2:2 component serial digital
signals. The waveform monitors display serial digital signals as the familiar
component signals and in a variety of standard measurement modes. You can use
the EDH (Error Detection and Handling) system and the suite of automated
checks of the serial digital format to verify data integrity.
Features Most of the features listed in this section are common across all three waveform
monitors. Where a feature applies only to a specific model, the model is in
parentheses following the feature description. The waveform monitors offer the
following features:
H Two 270 Mbit serial component loop-through inputs
H Digital video standards SMPTE 259M, ITU-R BT.656, and ITU-R BT.601
H RGB and Y-PB-PR display format for 525 and 625 line signals
H Eye Pattern display with Timing and Voltage Cursors (WFM 601E,
WFM 601M)
H Jitter demodulator with numeric jitter readout and video correlated jitter
waveform display (WFM 601M)
H Parade or Waveform display of Y, PB, and PR component signals
H RGB and composite Gamut checks with Diamond and Arrowhead displays
H Field, line, and word select with readout and bright up of selected lines on
Picture Monitor Out (Y or G Channel) (WFM 601E, WFM 601M)
H SMPTE RP-165 standard EDH indicator for presence
H Digital Waveform and Data displays with Data-cursor correlation between
display modes (WFM 601M)
H Embedded Audio indentification
H Source-level meter and cable-length readout (WFM 601E, WFM 601M)
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 1–1
Specifications
Menus An expanded feature set is available through menus. You select menu items with
multi-use bezel buttons and knobs. When you select a menu item, such as
Voltage Cursors, on-screen labels show the current function of the bezel buttons
and knobs.
Calibrator The waveform monitor provides an internal calibrator signal to set both vertical
and horizontal gain. The calibrator signal is a 700 mV, 100 kHz signal. Press the
CONFIG button and use the bezel knob to select the Calibrate menu. Press the
CAL SIG button to turn on the calibrator signal.
Characteristics Tables
Table 1–1 lists the electrical specifications for the waveform monitors. Perfor-
mance requirements are generally quantitative and can be tested by the Perfor-
mance Verification procedure this manual. Reference information describes
useful operating parameters that have typical values. These parameters are not
directly checked in the performance verification procedure. Table 1–8 lists the
EMC compliance specifications.
The Performance Requirements listed in the electrical specification portion of
these specifications apply over an ambient temperature range of 0° C to +40° C.
The rated accuracies are valid when the instrument is calibrated at an ambient
temperature range of +20° C to +30° C, after a warm-up time of 20 minutes.
1–2 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Specifications
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 1–3
Specifications
1–4 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Specifications
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 1–5
Specifications
1–6 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Specifications
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 1–7
Specifications
1–8 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Specifications
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 1–9
Specifications
1–10 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Specifications
Characteristic Standard
Dimensions Height: 133.4 mm (5.25 in)
Width: 215.9 mm (8.5 in)
Depth: 460.4 mm (18.125 in)
Weight Net: 3.8 kg (8 lbs)
Shipping: 7.2 kg (15.7 lbs) approximate
Characteristic Standard
U.S. Nationally Recognized Testing ANSI/ISA S82.01 - Safety Standard for Electrical and Electronic Test, Measuring,
Laboratory Listing Controlling, and Related Equipment, 1994
Canadian Certification CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 1010.1 - Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for
Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use
European Union Compliance Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, Amended by 93/68/EEC
EN61010-1 - Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control,
and Laboratory Use
Additional Compliance UL3111-1 - Standard for Electrical Measuring and Test Equipment
IEC1010-1 - Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control,
and Laboratory Use
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 1–11
Specifications
Characteristic Standard
Temperature (operating) +5° to +40° C
Altitude (operating) 2000 meters
Relative Humidity (maximum operating) 80% for temperatures up to 31° C decreasing linearly to 50% at 40° C
Equipment Type Test and Measuring
Equipment Class Class I: Grounded product (as defined in IEC 1010-1, Annex H)
Overvoltage Category Overvoltage Category II (as defined in IEC 1010-1, Annex J).
Note: Rated for indoor use only.
Category Examples of Products in this Category:
CAT III Distribution-level mains, fixed installation
CAT II Local-level mains, appliances, portable equipment
CAT I Signal levels in special equipment or parts of equipment,
telecommunications, electronics
Pollution Degree Pollution Degree 2: Do not operate in environments where conductive pollutants may
be present.
Note: Rated for indoor use only.
1–12 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Specifications
Characteristic Standard
EC Declaration of Conformity Meets intent of Directive 89/336/EEC for Electromagnetic Compatibility and Low Voltage
Directive 73/23/ECC for Product Safety. Compliance was demonstrated to the following
specifications as listed in the Official Journal of the European Communities:
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 1–13
Specifications
1–14 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Installation
This section describes how to install and operate the WFM 601A, WFM 601E,
and WFM 601M Serial Digital Component Waveform Monitors. It also describes
how to remove the waveform monitors for servicing. Note that repackaging
information is located at the end of the Maintenance section.
This manual includes one 3.5-inch high-density floppy disk that contains service
software. This software is used for the adjustment procedure. Instructions for
using the disk are located in the Adjustment Procedure section of this manual.
Hardware Installation
Because operating environments vary, the waveform monitor is not shipped with
a cabinet unless one is ordered. All qualification testing for the waveform
monitor was performed in a 1700F00 cabinet. To guarantee compliance with
specifications, you should operate the waveform monitor in one of the cabinets
described here.
WARNING. When power is supplied to the rear panel, line voltage is still present
in the instrument, even if the Power switch LED is off.
Cabinets The cabinets offered for the waveform monitor provide EMI shielding, protect
against electrical shock, and protect against the accumulation of dust.
A rear panel fan supplies filtered, cooling air which exits through the cabinet
vent holes. Restricting the air flow through the vents or the rear fan can lead to an
excessive internal temperature. To ensure adequate ventilation, provide the
following clearance for the waveform monitor: three inches at the rear, two
inches on each side, and one inch each on the top and and the bottom.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 2–1
Installation
The optional 1700F00 cabinet is the basic element for all of the cabinets. See
Figure 2–1. The 1700F02 portable cabinet is an enhanced version of the 1700F00
cabinet, as is the 1700F05 side-by-side rack mount cabinet. All cabinets are
available from your Tektronix representative.
21 cm
(8.25 in)
42.7 cm
(16.2 in)
13 cm
(5.1 in)
2–2 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Installation
The portable cabinet, 1700F02, Figure 2–2, has a handle, four feet, and a flip-up
stand. The mounting hole sizes and spacing are different from those of the
1700F00.
21 cm
(8.25 in)
42.7 cm
(16.2 in)
13 cm
(5.1 in)
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 2–3
Installation
Installing the Waveform Secure the waveform monitor in a cabinet using two 6-32 Pozidriver screws.
Monitor in a Cabinet Figure 2–3 shows the location of these screws on the rear panel.
Cabinet securing
screws
2–4 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Installation
Rack Adapter The optional 1700F05 side-by-side rack adapter, shown in Figure 2–4, consists of
two attached cabinets. Use it to mount the waveform monitor and another
half-rack width instrument, such as an analog component monitor, in a standard
19-inch rack.
You can adjust the rack adapter so that the waveform monitor is aligned with
other equipment in the rack. See Figure 2–4.
48.2 cm
(19 in)
13.2 cm
(5.3 in)
Mounting
holes
43.9 cm
Mounting (17.3 in)
holes
Front panel
alignment holes
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 2–5
Installation
If you are using only one side of the rack adapter, insert a blank panel (1700F06)
or an accessory drawer (1700F07) in the unused section to improve airflow and
appearance. Figure 2–5 shows the blank panel and drawer.
1700F05
1700F07
1700F06
Figure 2–5: 1700F05 cabinet showing utility drawer and blank panel
Repackaging for To ship the waveform monitor to a Tektronix Service Center for service, use the
Shipment following instructions:
1. Attach a tag to the waveform monitor showing the name of the owner, the
complete address, the phone number, the instrument serial number and a
description of the required service.
2. Repackage the instrument in the original packaging materials. If the original
packaging materials are not available, use the following instructions:
a. Obtain a carton of corrugated cardboard with inside dimensions at least
six inches greater than the dimensions of the instrument. Use a shipping
carton that has a test strength of at least 275 pounds.
b. Surround the instrument with a protective, anti-static bag. For instru-
ments that are not in a cabinet, wrap a piece of cardboard around the
bagged instrument to protect the internal components.
2–6 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Installation
c. Pack dunnage or urethane foam between the instrument and the carton. If
using Styrofoam kernels, overfill the box and compress when closing the
lid. You need three inches of tightly packed cushioning on all sides of the
instrument.
3. Seal the carton with shipping tape or industrial staples.
Connecting Power
The waveform monitor operates from a single-phase power source with the
neutral conductor at or near earth ground. The line conductor is fused for
over-current protection. A protective ground connection through the grounding
conductor in the power cord is essential for safe operation.
WARNING. When power is supplied to the rear panel, line voltage is still present
in the waveform monitor, even if the POWER switch LED is off.
AC Power Requirements The waveform monitor operates from an AC line frequency of 50 or 60 Hz, over
the range of 90–250 Volts, without requiring further configuration, except for the
power cord. Refer to page 7–1 for the power cord options. The typical power
draw is 75 W. Refer to the Specifications section for additional information on
power and environmental requirements.
Rear-Panel Connectors
For information on the rear panel connectors, refer to page 2–13.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 2–7
Installation
2–8 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Operating Information
This section provides a brief description of the waveform monitors front- and
rear-panel features and connections. For detailed operating information, refer to
the User manual for the specific model.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 2–9
Operating Information
Bezel Knobs The center three knobs located below the CRT have multiple functions. Your
selection of DISPLAY or MENU functions or items from on-screen menus
determine the current function of each knob. A label adjacent to the knob
indicates its current function. The outside knobs are permanently assigned to
control vertical and horizontal trace position.
Bezel Buttons The five bezel buttons along the right side of the CRT have multiple functions.
Your selection of DISPLAY modes, MENU functions, or on-screen items from
the displayed menus determine the current function of each button. A label
adjacent to each button indicates its current selection. The buttons either step
through a list of two or more items or turn a function on or off.
DISPLAY Buttons Six buttons in the DISPLAY area control the type of display. Most buttons
represent two related types of displays. Press a button to select one of its two
displays. Press the button again to select the other. When you select a display
type, the indicator LED beside it lights up.
EYE. Displays the serial input signal as an Eye pattern display. You can choose
standard or equalized Eye displays (WFM 601E, WFM 601M).
WAVEFORM. Displays the video signal as voltage versus time. Any or all of the
three channels can be displayed from a single video line.
2–10 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Operating Information
MULTIPLE. Allows two display modes to be active at the same time. The
Waveform or Parade can be displayed with either Vector, Lightning, or Diamond.
PICTURE. Displays the video signal source. When Line Select is on, the selected
line is highlighted to identify where it is in the video picture.
DGTL WFM. Displays the digital word values as a waveform. The data values are
not interpolated to generate the waveform (WFM 601M).
DGTL LIST. Displays the sequential data values in a list. Data may be in linear
data sequence or as groups of four values as they appear in the multiplexed data
stream: CB, Y, CR, Y’ (WFM 601M).
ANALOG AUDIO. Displays the stereo analog audio input as a Lissajous pattern.
The size of the opening in the pattern is relative to the phase error between the X
and Y audio channels. (WFM 601A)
VIDEO IN Turns on or off CH 1 (Y/R), CH 2 (PB/G), and CH 3 (PR/B) and selects the
SERIAL A or B digital signal input. At least one input and one channel are
always on.
SWEEP Selects the waveform monitor sweep rate (LINE/FIELD) and horizontal
magnification (MAG). This area includes two buttons:
LINE / FIELD. Toggles through four sweep rates: 1-Line (5 ms/div), 2-Line
(10 ms/division), 1-Field, and 2-Field. Selections are limited in some display
modes.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 2–11
Operating Information
SERIAL Displays a status screen providing EDH error statistics, including ANC data
errors and line/field length errors. In addition, the WFM 601E and WFM 601M
waveform monitors provide screens that report format errors, signal strength, and
cable length information. This area includes two indicators:
EDH DET. Lights up when the serial digital signal has the SMPTE RP165
specified Error Detection and Handling (EDH) signal.
ALARM. Lights up when a serial video data or format error occurs, or when the
serial signal is lost.
REF (Reference) Selects either internal serial digital or external composite video input for the
instrument synchronization reference.
MENU Provides access to configuration and measurement functions that affect the
DISPLAY mode. Press a MENU button to display that menu and enable the
associated functions. Press the button again to exit the menu and disable the
function.
POWER Puts the waveform monitor into the standby or operational state.
CLEAR MENU Turns off the MENU function readouts without affecting the menu settings. Also,
provides access to alternative displays in some display modes.
2–12 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Operating Information
Bezel buttons
Display menus
with their
optional selections
Menu selection buttons
Power Connector The waveform monitor is designed to operate from a single-phase power source
with the neutral conductor at or near earth ground. Only the line conductor is
fused for over-current protection. A protective ground connection through the
grounding conductor in the power cord is essential for safe operation.
WARNING. Dangerous potentials are present on the Power circuit board. To avoid
electric shock, do not connect power to the waveform monitor if it is not enclosed
in a prescribed cabinet.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 2–13
Operating Information
Power connector
Loop-Through Inputs There are three passive loop-through inputs located on the rear panel. All are
compensated for 75 W impedance and require proper termination at one end of
the loop-through connector or at the receiver in a monitored system.
SER A and SER B. Provides for connection of two 270 Mb serial component data
signals. These inputs have minimal impact on the monitored serial data path.
Coaxial Outputs Five rear panel connections drive signals into a 75 W environment.
MON OUT (Y/G, PB/B, PR/R). Provides three 75 W component signal outputs to
drive a component picture monitor. You can set the output format to YPBPR or
GBR. Invalid input signals cause a blinking highlight of the monitor display at
the line where the error occurs. This gamut error highlight or “bright-up” signal
is present on the Y (or G) output and is controlled in the CONFIG menu.
2–14 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Operating Information
SERIAL OUT. Provides a reclocked version of the selected signal input (SER A or
SER B).
JITTER OUT. Provides a 75 W output signal from the jitter demodulator for the
WFM 601M waveform monitor. The Jitter high-pass filter (JITTER HPF)
selection does not affect this signal. You can view the jitter waveform on the
waveform monitor using the JITTER display mode. This output is disabled on
the WFM 601A and WFM 601E waveform monitors.
RS-232 Connector The RS-232 connector is a 9-pin D-type connector that provides a remote
verification interface. Figure 2–9 shows the pin assignments and the communica-
tion parameters for the RS-232 interface. The Remote Command set is defined in
Appendix C: Remote Commands of the User Manuals.
Pin
Number Data Connection
1 DCD (Received line signal detector)
2 RXD (Received data)
3 TXD (Transmitted data)
4 DTR (DTE readly)
5 Signal ground
Communication parameters 6 DCR (DCE readly)
Baud: 9600 7 RTS (Request to send)
Data bits: 8 8 CTS (Clear to send)
Stop bits: 1 9 Not connected
Parity: None
Flow control: Xon/Xoff
Remote Connector The rear-panel REMOTE connector is a 25-pin, D-type connector that allows
low-level remote control. Use the RS-232 interface for control using SCPI
commands sent from a PC controller.
The 25-pin remote connector provides remote control of presets and monitoring
of line select and video alarm events. Eight of the Presets (stored front-panel
settings) can be stored or recalled remotely.
STORE. When pin 25 is grounded along with one of the preset pins, the current
front-panel settings are stored at the selected Preset location.
Line Select Strobe. Pin 15 outputs an active-low TTL pulse during selected lines
when in Line Select modes. Use this signal as a trigger for a logic analyzer or
oscilloscope.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 2–15
Operating Information
Serial Video Alarm. Pin 16 outputs an active-low TTL level whenever the
front-panel ALARM light is illuminated.
Remote Connector Pin Assignments. Pin assignments for the REMOTE connector
are shown in Figure 2–10 and described in Table 2–1. You enable functions by
ground closures (TTL lows) on specified pins. Functions preceded by a forward
slash (/) indicate an active low state.
13 1
25 14
2–16 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Operating Information
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 2–17
Operating Information
2–18 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Block Diagram Descriptions
This section provides a circuit description based on the three block diagrams, at
the front of Diagrams, section 9. This section also describes the Power Supply
based on the major blocks on the A1 Power Supply schematics, also in section 9.
Input Switching and The serial inputs are 75 W compensated (externally terminated) passive loop-
Outputs through inputs. Input transistors and capacitive coupling buffer the input signals
to keep return loss constant up through 300 MHz. Discreet components select the
SER A or SER B input. The switch and amplifier provide a gain of 0.5 to
connectors J1 and J2.
The Serial Out, MON OUT, and Jitter Out signals pass straight through the A4
board. The EXT REF input is a 75 W compensated, high impedance loop-through
input.
Serial Receiver The component serial digital video signal is buffered and applied to the Serial
Receiver circuit. An unbuffered version of the digital signal is routed to the Eye
Sampler circuit. The Serial Receiver contains a phase-locked loop circuit that
locks its clock to the incoming 270 MHz data signal. Jumper P13 is normally on
pins 2 and 3, which selects a clock adjust circuit that brings the oscillator close to
the incoming frequency so the PLL can operate. With P13 on pins 1 and 2, you
can adjust R269 to change the oscillator center frequency. If you remove cable J3
from the DAC board for troubleshooting, you can move P13 to pins 1 and 2 and
adjust R269 to lock on the incoming signal.
If the input signal amplitude is low, the Serial Receiver provides equalization by
boosting the high-frequency components of the signal. A Cable Driver circuit
buffers the reclocked serial digital signal for the Serial Out rear-panel output. A
divide by 10 circuit provides the 27 MHz clock for the Eye pattern circuit. An
A/D converter digitizes various analog inputs under microprocessor control.
Jitter Demodulator and The Jitter Demodulator is a phase detector that receives a reference clock and the
Peak Detectors 27 MHz clock derived from the input signal. The output is a Jitter signal for
display, measurement, and export to the rear panel Jitter output. The Peak
Detector circuit splits the incoming Jitter signal into two paths: the high-pass
peak detector and the raw peak detector. The selected high-pass filter is applied
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 3–1
Block Diagram Descriptions
to the jitter signal then sent to the positive and negative peak detectors. The DC
outputs of these detectors connect to the A/D converter. The unfiltered Jitter
signal is separately peak detected and the DC outputs connected to the A/D
converter. The Jitter circuit includes a switch that selects between the Jitter signal
and the sampled Eye signal for display.
Signal Level Meter The Signal Level Meter compares the amplitude of the serial digital signal at
10 MHz and 77 MHz. The amplitude at each of the frequencies is output as a
logarithmic DC voltage to the A/D converter. The microprocessor compares
these levels to determine the cable length measurement.
Eye Pattern Sampler The Eye Pattern circuit is an equivalent-time sampler that allows viewing of the
serial bit stream as a voltage-versus-time signal. Using a phase locked oscillator,
the sample clock (6.75 MHz) is derived from the 27 MHz Parallel Clock and
horizontal line frequency (FH) signals. The input signal is displayed either with
serial receiver equalization (Eq Eye) or without (Eye).
Coprocessor The Coprocessor receives 10 bit parallel video input from the Deserializer, the
recovered 27 MHz clock, and control instructions from the microprocessor. The
coprocessor performs gamut and format error checking on the component video.
Three horizontal lines of the component video data are stored in a buffer RAM
for the Digital Data displays. The coprocessor outputs the clocks and 10 bit
interleaved video data to enable the recovery of the Y, R–Y and B–Y signals by
the Half Band filters and DACs. In addition, it generates the signals used for
clamping, to re-establish the vertical blanking interval, and to provide composite
synchronization. The coprocessor removes nonvideo data from the signal, such as
end of active video (EAV), start of active video (SAV), and ancillary data.
Deserializer The Deserializer receives the 270 MHz component serial data and the recovered
parallel clock. The output is 10 bit video component data for the coprocessor.
Phase Locked Loop and The Phase Locked Loop circuit synchronizes an oscillator circuit with the
Clock Regenerator recovered 27 MHz clock. A switch circuit allows selection of the direct
recovered clock or the onboard 27 MHz clock, which appears as the front-panel
selection CONFIG–FORMAT–SYNC AFC.
Y Delay, Half-Band Filters, The multiplexed video data stream from the coprocessor is converted to analog
and DACs components by three digital-to-analog converters (DACs). The Y Delay circuit
delays the luminance data to ensure it passes through the Half Band filter and
DAC properly synchronized with the chrominance signals. The coprocessor
generates the clock and timing enable signals for the luminance and two color
difference Half Band filters and DACs.
3–2 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Block Diagram Descriptions
The Half Band filters (HBF) use interpolation to double the number of data
values in order to ensure a smoother product from the DACs. Data timing signals
are 13.5 MHz for luminance and 6.75 MHz for color difference. The HBFs are
clocked at 27 MHz for luminance (Y) and 13.5 MHz for Pb and Pr signals. Data
out of the HBFs are input to three DACs. The DAC outputs are the component
analog signals, Y, Pb, and Pr. Their gain and DC offset is set by the microproces-
sor through a Daculator on the Component board, diagram 12.
Y, Pb and Pr The three separate Reconstruction Filters are bandpass filters that provide
Reconstruction Filters adjustments for matching the delay through the three HB filters, DACs and
Reconstruction filters. An adjustable offset is added to each signal as required for
display.
Input Multiplexer The Line Rate Controller dictates the selection of display when color difference
or RGB signals are being displayed. The output of the multiplexer drives the Flat,
Luminance, and Differentiated Step Inputs of the Filter Multiplexer.
Filter Selection The Filter Selection Multiplexer, which is controlled by the Line Rate Controller,
Multiplexer selects the input to be displayed.
Square Wave Calibrator The calibrator provides a 700 mV, 100 kHz output. Its amplitude is set by a
microprocessor-controlled DAC, and its timing is set by the Line Rate Controller.
Vertical Amplifier The Vertical Amplifier is a variable gain amplifier that has controlling inputs
driven by either microprocessor or synchronous Line Rate Controller outputs.
Stage gain is controlled by the DAC output voltages. The Line Rate Controller
selects and enables vertical magnification.
An offset voltage from the DACs vertically positions the display. When CRT
readout processing occurs, the Line Rate Controller changes the gain of the
amplifier. The differential output of the Vertical Amplifier drives the vertical
output amplifier, which powers the CRT deflection plates.
Horizontal Reference The Horizontal Reference Multiplexer selects either the COMPSYNC signal
Multiplexer and Reference from the coprocessor or the External Reference input as the instrument sync
Switch reference. The front-panel REF switch controls the multiplexer.
Sweep Generators and Line and Field Rate signal generators are started and stopped by the retrace
Horizontal Signal signals from the Line Rate Controller. The microprocessor controls the Sweep
Multiplexer ramp times, which are 17 ms for the field sweep and 64 ms for the line sweep.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 3–3
Block Diagram Descriptions
The Line Rate Controller selects the signal from the Horizontal Signal Multiplex-
er to drive the Horizontal Amplifier circuit.
Horizontal Amplifier The Horizontal Amplifier is a variable gain amplifier with controlling inputs
from the microprocessor and Line Rate Controller. Stage gain is controlled by the
DAC output voltages. The Line Rate Controller selects the magnification gain.
An offset voltage horizontally positions the display. The amount of offset
required for the Waveform mode is significantly greater than that required for the
other display modes. During processing of the CRT readout, the Line Rate
Controller changes the gain of the amplifier as necessary.
The differential output of the Horizontal Amplifier drives the horizontal output
amplifier which powers the CRT deflection plates.
An additional amplifier stage within the Horizontal Amplifier provides a
differential output that controls the intensity for the Picture Monitor mode. The
microprocessor controls the Picture Monitor contrast.
Blanking Logic The Blanking Logic is a multiplexer, which is controlled by the Line Rate
Controller. The Blanking Logic selects the blanking/unblanking signals that drive
the Z-Axis Amplifier, which drives the CRT control grid.
Component Blanking The Y, Pb, Pr Reconstruction Filters drive the input selection matrix. The
Switching coprocessor picks either the component channels or blanking levels for output.
Switch output is buffered and becomes the input to the Color Difference to GBR
Transcoder, Bypass Switching, and Component display mode switching.
Color Difference to GBR The three component signals enter three mixers that produce GBR signals
Transcoder according to the SMPTE format. An adjustable offset is added to each signal as
required for display.
Bypass Switching The Switch Control Buffers select either the color difference input signals or the
transcoded GBR signals to drive the Picture Monitor Output amplifiers.
Gamut Limit Comparator The Gamut Limit Comparator includes separate circuits to compare the GBR
and Monitor Out signals and the component signals to the user selected gamut limits. The two
Amplifiers comparators generate separate GBR and composite gamut alarm signals. When
the signal exceeds the GBR gamut limits, the Monitor output flashes. A gamut
inhibit signal causes the 2 Hz blink rate. The Monitor Out display can be either
3–4 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Block Diagram Descriptions
GBR to Diamond The transcoded GBR signals drive the GBR to Diamond Transcoder. The outputs
Transcoder and from the transcoder are B+G and B–G for the top half of the Diamond display,
Component Display and R+G and R–G for the bottom half of Diamond display. Display mode
Switching switching provides the vertical and horizontal axes inputs for Lightning,
Diamond, Component Vector, and Bowtie displays. The microprocessor controls
the display switching through the Controller circuit.
Microprocessor The microprocessor has a 32 bit internal architecture and a 16-bit data bus. At
boot up it reads initial code from the Read-Only Memory (ROM). The micropro-
cessor then loads program code from EPROM into the RAM for execution. The
Nonvolatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM) stores all the calibration and
other constants used by the microprocessor.
The 24 bit Address Buffer is unidirectional and is used to select the addresses in
the storage devices (RAM, ROM, and EPROM). The Data Buffer is bidirection-
al. The flash EPROM is programmed through the RS-232 port.
Line Rate Controller The Line Rate Controller (LRC) is a custom IC that loads information from
and FIFO ROM at power up. The microprocessor controls the LRC by placing commands
in the FIFO which the LRC reads. The LRC uses three clock inputs (5.5, 6, and
16 MHz) and the H sync pulse to synchronize to the incoming video reference
and to generate synchronous switching signals required to drive the various
displays modes.
Sync Separator The Sync Separator strips the sync pulses from either the internal video signal or
the external reference video. It generates H sync and V sync to synchronize the
Line Rate Controller.
Synchronous Outputs Data and control signals from the microprocessor are loaded into latches clocked
by the Line Rate Controller, which lock their outputs to the incoming video
signal.
Readout State Machine The Readout State Machine interprets the readout instructions from the micro-
processor and loads digital data into two identical DACs. The DACs drive the
vertical and horizontal stroke generators to create the readouts displayed on the
CRT.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 3–5
Block Diagram Descriptions
Serial Static Outputs The microprocessor controls this serial in/parallel out register. It outputs control
signals that are not synchronized to the video signal.
Serial Interface The Serial Interface is a latch, driven by the microprocessor, that outputs the chip
select and enables for the serial devices, such as the DACs and the serial/parallel
registers used for the Remote and Front Panel.
Digital-to-Analog There are a number of DACs used to decode microprocessor instructions and
Converter (DAC) output positioning, gain, and DC offsets to many instrument circuits. These
DACs are serially loaded and clocked devices, which are commonly referred to
as Daculators. The DACs have 15 outputs each that hold their programmed
output once it is set.
RS232 The RS-232 input consists of a 9-pin D connector and a line driver. It is used to
calibrate the instrument and for remote control using the remote command set.
Remote The Remote input consists of a 25-pin D connector and parallel in/serial out
registers. The Remote interface provides an external interface for low-level
remote control of the waveform monitors.
Power Supplies
The low-voltage power supply is of the switching, high efficiency type. It is a
universal supply that operates over an AC source range of 90 to 250 VAC. The
high-voltage power supply provides an acceleration potential of approximately
13.75 kV. Figure 3–1 provides a block diagram of the power supply.
+11 kV
4X Multiplier
CRT
40 VDC
3–6 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Block Diagram Descriptions
The following discussion covers the main blocks on the A1 Power Supply
schematics.
Primary Side Line power enters through an RF filter on the rear panel. The Line Rectifier
circuit correctly converts 90 to 250 VAC. The line voltage or primary side of the
power supply is fully isolated from the secondary or DC side by transformers and
optical signal isolators.
Initial power conversion is controlled by a current-mode pulse width modulator
circuit centered on U6. The switcher operates at 100 kHz. U6 senses the output
voltage level from U4 and a ramp voltage representing the current in the
transformer switcher, Q14. On power up, C62 accumulates a trickle charge to
16 V, which powers U6.
When the power switch is set to on, the 170 kHz oscillation on the Power Switch
Oscillator (Q13 and T2) stops, causing the Mag Latch to switch state. The Mag
Latch remembers its state mechanically. The output of the Mag Latch is summed
with the output of the Overload Time-out to enable or disable the Controller. A
shutdown occurs within a few milliseconds and lasts 1 second. The Snubber
circuit clamps any voltage that exceeds twice the rectified power line input.
Secondary Side The secondary circuits include the low voltage output filters and error detection.
The Error Amplifier signals the Controller to help regulate the +5 V supply. The
5 V adjustment is in this circuit. The Overvoltage Protection circuit monitors the
+5 V supply and grounds the 5 V supply if it rises above 5.5 V. The –5.2 V
supply can signal an over-voltage condition through Q21 and ground the 5 V
supply. The power supply goes through its start up sequence after this grounding.
LED DS6 indicates the 5 V supply is on.
The Output Filters rectify the T1 secondary windings and filters the low voltage
outputs. The exception here is the –5.2 V Buck circuit. It provides regulated
–5.2 V from the –11 V supply. U10 is the pulse width modulator that operates
similar to U6 on the primary side. The 100 kHz out of U10 drives Q18 with a
varying duty cycle that produces a DC average out of L10. An input from the
+5 V secondary helps synchronize the 100 kHz oscillator to the Primary side.
High Voltage Supply The High Voltage Power Supply is generated by a sine-wave oscillator and
step-up transformer. The main components of the high-voltage oscillator and
error amplifier circuit are Q7 and T3, which form an Armstrong oscillator
running at about 22 kHz. Error amplifier U2 regulates the +100 V output and
keeps the High Voltage Power Supply constant under varying load conditions by
controlling the base current to Q7. C26 and Q8 delays the start up of the
high-voltage supply until the Low Voltage supply is running.
The CRT cathode supply consists of rectifier CR7 and filtering capacitors. The
supply provides –2530 V to the CRT cathode. U1 is a four-times multiplier
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 3–7
Block Diagram Descriptions
3–8 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Performance Verification
The procedures in this section verify the performance specifications for the
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, and WFM 601M waveform monitors. Procedures that
apply to only one model indicate this limitation in their titles. Procedures without
such limits in their titles apply to all models. Where a procedure, such as Monitor
Out Gain Accuracy, differs greatly between models, different versions of the
procedure occur sequentially. Choose the one that pertains to the waveform
monitor under test. Test equipment used in this procedure should be operating
correctly and within calibration.
Perform the Performance Verification procedure at regular intervals to ensure
that instrument performance is within tolerance. The recommended interval for
performance verification is 2000 hours of operation or every 12 months.
For help on using the Tektronix TG2000/DVG1 generator recommended for this
procedure, refer to the information starting on page 5–9.
Equipment Required
The following equipment and accessory items are required to perform the
Performance Verification Procedure. Some test equipment is needed to test only a
specific model of waveform monitor. Such equipment dependency is included in
parentheses following the equipment name.
The equipment listed generally provides an accuracy ratio of 4:1 or better for
warranted measurement specifications. The equipment used in two procedures
provide a lesser accuracy ratio as follows:
H (WFM 601A, WFM 601E only) Monitor Out Gain Accuracy is 1.5:1
H (WFM 601A only) Audio Bandwidth is 1.5:1
The list includes the equipment specifications and recommended equipment that
meets these specifications. The procedures assume you are using the recom-
mended equipment. If you use other equipment, you will need to modify some
equipment set up and control settings.
1. Test Oscilloscope
Vertical Amplifier: 400 MHz Bandwidth, 2 mV sensitivity.
For example: Tektronix TDS540A Oscilloscope with TV Trigger option.
2. Oscilloscope Probe
For example: Tektronix P6101B X1 Passive Voltage Probe.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 4–1
Performance Verification
4–2 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Performance Verification
1
Red Function generator 14
BNC
Ground 10
Black
12
25 13
25-PIN
D Connector
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 4–3
Performance Verification
4–4 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Performance Verification
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 4–5
Performance Verification
4–6 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Performance Verification
NOTE. Intensity, readout intensity, and focus are also controlled from the CRT
menu. If they need adjustment during this procedure, select the CRT menu and
adjust as necessary. The levels set will remain after the CLEAR MENU or CRT
menu button is pushed.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 4–7
Performance Verification
d. CHECK – by adjusting the HORIZ POS control that both ends of the
waveform can be positioned past the center of the CRT.
e. Turn off the MAG Sweep.
5. Calibrator Timing Frequency
REQUIREMENT – Frequency: 100 kHz 0.1%.
a. Set the Frequency Counter Timing to 1 ms.
b. Connect an X1 probe from the frequency counter to the ribbon cable side
of A3R274 (Main board). See Figure 5–6 on page 5–16 in the Adjust-
ment Procedure section.
c. Connect the probe ground to the metal shield adjacent to A3L5 on the
Main board.
d. Adjust the frequency counter settings for a stable readout.
e. CHECK – that the counter reading is 100 kHz 0.1 kHz.
f. Remove the ground connection and the frequency-counter probe from
A3R274.
6. Timing and Linearity
REQUIREMENT – Sweep Timing Accuracy: 5 ms/div (1 Line), 10 ms/div
(2 Line), 0.2 ms/div (1 Line + MAG), 1.0 ms/div (2 Line + MAG), 1%.
Sweep Linearity: 1 Line and 2 Line sweeps unmagnified or magnified, 1%.
a. Press the WAVEFORM display button.
b. Enter the CONFIG menu and select CALIBRATE.
c. Select CAL SIG ON. Ensure that the VAR GAIN bezel button is OFF.
d. Push the SWEEP button several times to select the 2-Line Sweep mode.
The LINE indicator is on and the time base readout indicates 10 ms/div.
e. Press the CRT button and adjust the Scale bezel knob to increase scale
illumination to a useful level.
f. Press the Clear Menu button.
g. Use the VERT POS and VERT HORIZ knobs to position the calibration
waveform on the horizontal graticule line for measurement.
h. CHECK – for one cycle of the calibrator signal per major division
0.5 minor division over the 10 major graticule divisions.
i. Turn on the MAG Sweep.
4–8 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Performance Verification
j. CHECK – for one cycle of calibrator signal per 10 major divisions 0.5
minor division over the center 10 divisions.
k. CHECK – both ends of the magnified sweep for one cycle of calibrator
signal per 10 major divisions 0.5 minor division over the center
10 divisions.
l. Turn off the MAG Sweep and select 1 LINE SWEEP (5 ms/div) and Line
indicator on.
m. CHECK – for one cycle of calibrator signal per two major divisions
1 minor division over the center 10 divisions.
n. Press CONFIG menu to turn the calibrator signal off.
o. Select the high-frequency timing signal (2.5 MHz) from the serial
component generator.
p. Turn on the MAG Sweep.
q. CHECK – for one cycle per two divisions 0.5 minor division.
r. Turn off the MAG Sweep.
7. Vertical Gain, Calibrator Amplitude, and Variable Gain Range
REQUIREMENT – 700 mV input = 700 mV 2%. Calibrator Amplitude:
700 mV 1%. Variable Gain Range: 0.2X to 1.4X. Serial Output Level =
800 mV 10%.
a. To load the factory preset, press the PRESET button, use the bezel knob
to pick the FACTORY setting, then press the RECALL bezel button.
b. Set the serial component generator output to the 100% Color Bars signal:
Modules DVG1
Signal Sets 525–270
Test Signals Color Bars
Color Bars 100% Color Bars
c. CHECK – that the signal display is 700 mV 14 mV (1 minor division
equals 20 mV).
d. Select the Serial B input.
e. CHECK – that the signal display is 700 mV 14 mV (1 minor division
equals 20 mV).
f. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable, from the waveform monitor rear-panel
SERIAL OUT connector through a 75 W feed-through termination to the
test oscilloscope vertical input.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 4–9
Performance Verification
4–10 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Performance Verification
.8
.7 100%
.6
.5
.4
50%
.3
Left Cardinal Mark Right Cardinal Mark
.2
.1
–.1
–.2
–.3
TIME 1 TIME 2 TRACK
Tek COMPONENT ANALOG 2% & 4% KPB
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 4–11
Performance Verification
4–12 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Performance Verification
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 4–13
Performance Verification
4–14 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Performance Verification
11. Monitor Out Gain Accuracy (WFM 601A, WFM 601E only)
REQUIREMENT – Active Video Gain: 700 mV 3%
t. To load the factory preset, press the PRESET button, use the bezel knob
to pick the FACTORY setting, then press the RECALL bezel button.
u. Set the serial component generator output to the 100% Color Bars signal:
Modules DVG1
Signal Sets 525–270
Test Signals Color Bars
Color Bars 100% Color Bars
v. Connect the output from the MON OUT Y/G connector, through a 75 W
feed-through termination, to Ch 1 of the test oscilloscope.
w. Adjust the test oscilloscope to obtain a stable, triggered display.
x. CHECK – the test oscilloscope for a signal amplitude of 679 to 721 mV,
excluding sync.
y. Move the 75 W cable from the MON OUT Y/G connector to the MON
OUT Pb/B connector.
z. CHECK – the test oscilloscope for a maximum peak-to-peak signal
amplitude of 679 to 721 mV peak-to-peak.
aa. Move the 75W cable from the to the MON OUT Pb/B connector to the
MON OUT Pr/R connector.
ab. CHECK – for an overall maximum peak to peak signal amplitude of 679
to 721 mVpp.
ac. Disconnect test oscilloscope cable from MON OUT Pr/R.
12. Black (Blanking) Output Level (WFM 601M only)
REQUIREMENT– 0 mV 35 mV
a. Connect a 75 ohm cable from the Y/G MON OUT connector on the
waveform monitor, through a 75 ohm feed-through termination, to the
test oscilloscope CH 1 vertical input.
b. Set the serial component generator output to the 100% Color Bars signal:
Modules DVG1
Signal Sets 525–270
Test Signals Color Bars
Color Bars 100% Color Bars
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 4–15
Performance Verification
4–16 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Performance Verification
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 4–17
Performance Verification
NULL
20 ns
4 ns
4–18 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Performance Verification
f. CHECK – that the Bowtie null point occurs within 0.5 divisions (2.0 ns)
of the Bowtie center marker.
18. Arrowhead NTSC Composite
REQUIREMENT – Signal to graticule accuracy: 2% at 100 and 131 IRE.
a. Connect the TG2000/DVG1 output cable to SER Ch A input and
terminate with a 75 ohm high-frequency terminator.
b. Set the serial component generator output to the 100% Color Bars signal:
Modules DVG1
Signal Sets 525–270
Test Signals Color Bars
Color Bars 100% Color Bars
c. Select the GAMUT display on the waveform monitor.
d. CHECK – for two bright dots on the 131 IRE line 2%. See
Figure 4–4.
ARROWHEAD
DIAMOND
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 4–19
Performance Verification
g. Adjust the Active Video Gain using the knob on the serial component
generator to verify signal to graticule accuracy. The two dots should be
centered on the 131 IRE line with video gain set to 100% 2% (98 to
102%).
h. Select GAMUT (IRE) 100 on the waveform monitor.
i. Set Active Video Gain to 75% by typing 75 and ENTER on the serial
component generator key pad.
j. CHECK – for two bright dots on 100 IRE line 2%.
k. Adjust the Active Video Gain using the Navigation Knob on the serial
component generator to verify signal to graticule Accuracy, 75% 2%
(or 73.5 to 76.5%).
l. Select RESET on the serial component generator touch screen.
m. Select the Signal Sets button on the serial component generator.
19. Arrowhead PAL Composite
REQUIREMENT – Signal to graticule accuracy: 2% for 700 mV.
a. Connect a 75 ohm cable from the serial component generator output to
SER Ch A input and terminate with a 75 ohm high-frequency terminator.
b. Press the serial component generator Signal Set button, then use the
touch screen to select the 625–270 Signal Set for the DVG1 module.
c. Select the 100% Colour Bars signal on the serial component generator
touch screen.
d. Select Active Signal Parameters on the serial component generator touch
screen.
e. Select Video on the serial component generator touch screen.
f. Set Active Video Gain to 75% by typing 75 and ENTER on the serial
component generator key pad.
g. Select the GAMUT display on the waveform monitor.
h. CHECK – for two bright dots on the 700 mV line 2%. See Figure 4–4.
i. Select Active Signal Parameters on the serial component generator touch
screen.
j. Select VIDEO on the serial component generator touch screen.
k. Adjust the Active Video Gain using the knob on the serial component
generator to verify signal to graticule accuracy. The two dots should be
4–20 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Performance Verification
centered on the 700 mV line with video gain set to 75% 2% (73.5 to
76.5%).
l. Select RESET on the serial component generator touch screen.
m. Select the Signal Sets button on the serial component generator.
20. RGB Gamut limit
REQUIREMENT – Positive detection level = 735 mV 7 mV.
Negative detection level = –35 mV 7 mV.
a. Set the serial component generator output to the Gamut Limit signal:
Modules DVG1
Signal Sets 525–270
Test Signals Monitor
Monitor Gamut Test
b. Connect a 75 W cable through a 75 W feed-through termination, from the
Y/G MON OUT on the waveform monitor to the test oscilloscope CH 1
vertical input.
c. Select the Gamut display mode on the waveform monitor.
d. Enter the Config Gamut menu and set GAMUT CHECK to RGB and
ALARM DISP to BOTH.
e. Select the following parameters on the test oscilloscope.
Coupling DC
Volts/Div 100 mV
Trig Source CH 1
Sweep 10 ms
f. Adjust the trigger level for a locked display.
g. Use Vert position on the test oscilloscope to view the top of the
waveform.
h. CHECK – that the positive gamut strobe pulse is flashing at the center
one minor division.
i. Use Vert position on the test oscilloscope to view the bottom of the
waveform.
j. CHECK – that the negative gamut strobe pulse is flashing at the center
one tic mark.
k. CHECK – that an RGB ERR appears at the lower left on the waveform
monitor display.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 4–21
Performance Verification
4–22 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Performance Verification
f. Adjust the leveled sine wave generator amplitude for a 400 mV display
on the waveform monitor.
g. Set the leveled sine wave generator frequency to 50 kHz.
h. CHECK – that the amplitude on the waveform monitor is greater than
280 mV and less than 450 mV.
i. Set the leveled sine wave generator frequency to 270 MHz.
j. CHECK – that the amplitude on the waveform monitor is greater than
280 mV and less than 450 mV.
k. Set the leveled sine wave generator frequency to 450 MHz.
l. CHECK – that the amplitude on the waveform monitor is greater than
280 mV and less than 450 mV.
m. Disconnect the leveling head from the waveform monitor.
23. Eye Timing (Horizontal Deflection Factor) (WFM 601E, WFM 601M only)
REQUIREMENT – Overlay Mode: 1 ns/div 3%. 10-Eye Mode: 3 ns/div
3%. Mag On: 500 ps/div 3%.
a. Connect the serial component generator to the waveform monitor SER A
input and terminate the 75 ohm loop-through input.
b. Set the serial component generator output to the 100% Color Bars signal:
Modules DVG1
Signal Sets 525–270
Test Signals Color Bars
Color Bars 100% Color Bars
c. To load the factory preset, press the PRESET button, use the bezel knob
to pick the FACTORY setting, then press the RECALL bezel button.
d. Select the EYE display mode.
e. Enter the CURSOR menu and select the TIME cursors.
f. CHECK – using the timing cursors that two cycles of the Eye pattern is
7.4 ns 3% (7.178 to 7.622 ns).
g. Press the MAG button.
h. CHECK – using the timing cursors, that one cycle of Eye pattern is
3.7 ns 3% (3.663 to 3.737 ns).
i. Press the MAG button to turn off magnification.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 4–23
Performance Verification
4–24 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Performance Verification
c. Move the waveform onto the audio graticule using the VERT and
HORIZ POS bezel knobs. Make sure that both ends of the trace are
within the 1/2 dB target boxes.
d. CHECK – for no more than a trace width of eye opening in the audio
signal (1%).
e. Set the function generator frequency to 500 kHz.
f. Disconnect the signal from pin 8 of the rear-panel REMOTE connector.
g. CHECK – for a horizontal line greater than 5.6 divisions long.
h. Reconnect the signal to pin 8 and disconnect it from pin 10 of the rear
panel REMOTE connector.
i. CHECK – for a vertical line greater than 7 divisions long.
j. Remove the function generator signal from the REMOTE connector.
26. Serial Receiver Equalization Range
REQUIREMENT – Proper operation with up to 19 dB loss at 135 MHz
using coaxial cable having 1/√F loss characteristics (800 mV launch
amplitude).
a. To load the factory preset, press the PRESET button, use the bezel knob
to pick FACTORY, then press the RECALL bezel button.
b. Connect 200 meters (656 feet) of Belden 8281 coaxial cable from the
signal generator Serial Output 1 to the waveform monitor SER A
INPUT. Terminate the remaining side of the loop-through input with a
high frequency terminator.
c. Set the serial component generator output to the 100% Color Bars signal:
Modules DVG1
Signal Sets 525–270
Test Signals Color Bars
Color Bars 100% Color Bars
d. CHECK – that a video waveform appears.
e. Press the waveform monitor SERIAL button.
f. CHECK – that the EDH readout appears on screen.
g. Press the Serial menu RESET button.
h. Allow the instrument to run for at least 2.5 minutes.
i. CHECK – that the Errored Seconds, on screen, is zero.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 4–25
Performance Verification
4–26 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Adjustment Procedures
This section describes how to calibrate the waveform monitor to meet the
performance levels defined in the Specifications section. These procedures
require that you use the Adjustment Procedure software on the 3.5 inch disk
included with this manual.
This section is organized as follows:
H Equipment Required
H Using the Adjustment Software
H Using the TG2000/DVG1 Opt S1 Generator
H Adjustment Procedure
H Circuit Board Adjustment Locations
H Adjustment Procedure Illustrations
H TV Generator Test Signals
Equipment Required
The following equipment and accessory items are required to perform the
adjustment procedures. The list includes the equipment specifications and
recommended equipment that meets these specifications. The procedure is
written assuming you are using the recommended equipment. If you use other
equipment, you will need to modify some equipment set up and control settings.
1. MSDOS Compatible PC
DOS 3.3 or higher.
Minimum 640 kbytes of RAM
3.5 inch/1.44 Mbytes high-density floppy drive
Free RS-232 Port
2. Test Oscilloscope with 1X and 10X probes
Vertical Amplifier:
300 MHz Bandwidth, 2 mV Sensitivity.
Time Base:
10 ns/div to 5 ms/div sweep, triggering to 150 MHz.
For example: Tektronix TDS540A Oscilloscope with TVTrig option and
P6109B 10X and P6119B 1X probes.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 5–1
Adjustment Procedures
5–2 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Adjustment Procedures
11. 75 W Terminators
Six required; Two high-frequency (HF), end-line type
Four feed-through type
For example:
High frequency, 0.025% 75 W terminator (Tektronix Part 011-0163-00).
Feed-through, 75 W terminator (Tektronix Part 011-0103-02).
12. Coaxial Cable
Two high-quality 75 W cables and one 50 W cable required.
For example:
75 W – 42-inch (Tektronix Part 012-0074-00).
50 W – 42-inch (Tektronix Part 012-0057-01).
13. Jumper Cable Adapter
Figure 5–1 shows how this two-wire cable is connected. The BNC signal
lead connects to pin 1 on the plug jumper.
Female
BNC Plug jumper
Signal
Ground
14. Audio Cable Adapter, as shown in Figure 4–1 on page 4–3. (WFM 601A
only)
15. RS-232 Cable
The RS-232 cable provides the remote control connection between the PC
and the waveform monitor. Figure 5–2 depicts two possible configurations
for PC/waveform monitor remote communications.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 5–3
Adjustment Procedures
3 TXD 3 7 To waveform
monitor
4 4 8
To PC 5 GND 5 9
7
20
8
25
13
9 GND
9
5 5
5–4 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Adjustment Procedures
Where Special Equipment Two, high-precision test instruments are recommended in a few adjustment
is Used procedures. Table 5–1 lists the special test equipment and the procedures where
they are used. In all cases, the special equipment is required due to the measure-
ment accuracy required to verify a specification.
Installing the Software To install the Adjustment Software, copy it to a floppy disk or a hard disk and
run it from that source. To make a copy of the Adjustment Software, use the
following procedure:
1. Insert the Adjustment Procedures disk into the PC floppy drive. If you wish
to make a copy, place a formatted disk in second floppy drive, such as the B
drive.
NOTE. On your PC, the drive letter for the floppy drive may be A or B. Enter the
appropriate letter for your floppy drive in the following steps.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 5–5
Adjustment Procedures
Starting the Adjustment Use the following steps to start the Adjustment Procedure software:
Software
1. Open a DOS window.
2. Change to the drive containing the software by entering the drive letter
followed by a colon. For example, .
3. If you installed the Adjustment Software into a directory, change to that
directory. For example, .
4. Ensure the RS-232 cable is connected between the PC and the waveform
monitor and that your PC is configured with the communications parameters
indicated in Table 6–10, on page 6–38.
5. Power on the waveform monitor.
6. To start the Adjustment Software, type
and press the Return key.
7. The program begins by prompting you for a few configuration parameters
before beginning the adjustment steps.
5–6 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Adjustment Procedures
Display Features The Adjustment Software provides a graphic user interface and assigns a number
of special keys to simplify calibration. Figure 5–3 shows an example display.
1 2 3 4 5 6
11 10 9 8 7
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 5–7
Adjustment Procedures
5–8 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Adjustment Procedures
10. The adjustment box list the names of the adjustments for the current step.
The active adjustment is highlighted. You modify the active adjustment using
the PC up/down arrow keys. Use the left/right arrow keys to select an
adjustment.
For some adjustments you must first make the adjustment, then, to save the
adjustment, you must select (highlight) an Assign item and press the Return
key. In two cases, you select the adjustment name and press the Return key.
The procedure will prompt you on how to make these adjustments.
11. The multiple adjustment box appears when the current step has more than
one PC adjustment. Pressing the PC left/right arrow keys will select which
adjustment is currently controlled by the PC up/down arrow keys. The box
serves as a reminder for which arrow keys control the adjustment selection.
12. The instruction window displays the actual procedure steps to perform. The
message PAGE DOWN FOR MORE INSTRUCTIONS refers to the Page
Down key on the PC and it indicates that there are additional steps to
perform.
To complete any procedure step, press the F3 function key.
Configuring the Jitter The DVG1 Option S1 provides adjustable signal jitter. Either output of the
Output DVG1 can be configured to output the signal with added jitter. The DVG1 is
shipped with CH 2 configured to generate jitter. For information on setting the
SDI jitter level, refer to page 5–11.
Selecting Output Signals The TG2000 with the DVG1 Option S1 generator can be configured with a large
number of signals. To select a signal, follow these steps:
1. Press the MODULES button. If the front panel does not respond, press the
FRONT PANEL ENABLE button to unlock the front panel.
2. Touch the folder icon for the DVG1 module you are using. The SIGNAL
SETS button will light and several signal sets are displayed.
3. Touch the 525–270 icon for NTSC signals or the 625–270 icon for PAL
signals. If either of these are missing, you will need to load signals from the
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 5–9
Adjustment Procedures
signal set disks. Refer to Adding Test Signals on page 5–12. The test signals
button lights and the display shows many Test Signal icons.
4. Use the cursor keys, the Navigation arrow keys, to select a Test Signal icon
for the test signals you require. For example, for color bar signals, select the
Color Bars icon.
5. Rotate the knob to see the signals in the signal set. A drop-down list appears
and the knob moves the highlight from item to item in the list.
6. Press the SELECT button, located next to the knob, to load and output the
selected test signal.
Required Signals The Adjustment Procedure requires the TG2000/DVG1 test signals shown in
Table 5–2. All these signals are provided on the signal set disks included with the
DVG1 generator.
5–10 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Adjustment Procedures
Setting Channel To adjust component channel amplitude or turn off a channel, follow these steps:
Amplitude & Turning Y, Pb,
1. Press the TEST SIGNAL button, if it is not lighted. Touch Active Signal
or Pr Channels Off
Parameters, then touch Video.
2. Use the Navigation cursor keys to select Luma Amplitude, R–Y or B–Y
Amplitude.
3. Use the TG2000 knob to adjust the amplitude setting.
4. To turn off a channel, set the amplitude to 0%.
5. To turn channels back on or to reset the amplitude, touch Reset.
6. Press the TEST SIGNALS button to leave the Active Signal Parameters
menu.
Setting SDI Amp or To adjust SDI amplitude or enable Embedded Audio, follow these steps:
Embedded Audio
1. Press the TEST SIGNAL button, if it is not lighted. Touch Module Parame-
ters.
2. To enable Embedded Audio, touch the Embedded Audio icon, then touch the
AUDIO icon. To disable Embedded Audio, touch the AUDIO icon again.
3. To set the SDI jitter amplitude, touch the SDI icon.
4. Use the Navigation cursor keys to select Jitter Freq or Jitter Amp.
5. Use the TG2000 knob or the numeric keypad to set the jitter frequency or
amplitude as required.
6. Press Reset before leaving the menu. Press the TEST SIGNALS button to
leave the Module Parameters menu.
Selecting TG2000 Black The TG2000 outputs the black burst signal from the BG1 module. Connect a
Burst Output cable to one of the BG1 outputs. Enable the appropriate black burst signal by
following these steps:
1. Press the MODULES button, and touch the BG1 module icon.
2. Select the appropriate signal set, NTSC or PAL, called for by the adjustment
procedure.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 5–11
Adjustment Procedures
Adding Test Signals If the 525–270 or 625-270 signal sets or individual signals called for in an
adjustment procedure are missing from the Signal Sets window, you will need to
load additional signals from the signal set disks shipped with the DVG1. See
Table 5–2 on page 5–10 for a list of signals included in the various signal
sets. You can also obtain signal sets from the Tektronix bulletin board. Contact
Tektronix customer support center at 1-800-TEKWIDE. If you need more
information on adding test signals than is presented here, refer to the DVG1 User
manual.
To add test signals to your DVG1 module, use the following procedure:
1. Press the DISK button.
2. Touch the Add Signals soft key. Then touch the Select Source soft key. The
A: drive listing should appear showing the available signal sets.
3. Use the Navigation cursor keys to choose the signal set, such as 625-270, or
an individual test signal you need to load. Touch Quit/Load.
4. Touch the Select Destination soft key. Use the Navigation cursor keys to
choose the correct module type and point in the signal hierarchy to load the
new signal(s). You must load signal sets or individual test signals into the
same hierarchy level as their origin level. Touch Quit/Load.
5. Check that the readout Total Tagged: does not exceed the readout Free:. The
Total Tagged value is the file size of the signals to be loaded. The Free value
is the memory available in the generator module.
6. If insufficient memory is available, delete unnecessary signals from the
DVG1 module. Use the following procedure to delete signals:
a. Press the DISK button.
b. Touch the Delete Signals soft key.
c. Select the signals that you do not expect to use soon. Touch the Delete
button. Press the DISK button to return to Adding Signals.
5–12 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Adjustment Procedures
Adjustment Procedure
WARNING. Dangerous voltage levels exist in the Power Supply. The Adjustment
Procedures require you to supply power to the waveform monitor while making
adjustments and measurements to various components without a cover in place.
Use extreme caution when performing adjustment procedures.
NOTE. The waveform monitor power switch must be on before you start the
Adjustment procedure software. Turning the instrument on after starting the
software may cause your PC to lock up and require a system reset.
4. Start the adjustment software by changing to the disk and directory that
contain the software and entering the cal command. Refer to page 5–5 for
instructions for installing the adjustment software.
5. The adjustment software will prompt you to make the following choices:
a. Select RS-232 Port – select from COM1 – 4 or Preview mode. Enter the
associated number from the list. Preview mode allows you to look
through the procedure without having an instrument connected.
b. Select PRC File to Peruse – lists adjustment files (.prc) when more than
one resides in the adjustment software directory.
c. Select Model to Calibrate – lists instrument model numbers that can be
adjusted using the adjustment software.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 5–13
Adjustment Procedures
5–14 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Adjustment Procedures
A7
A8
A4
A5
A6
A1
A2 A3
R42
NULL RIPPLE
CRT FOCUS
R9
High voltage hazard
TP1 GND
W2 –11 V
ASTIG CRT BIAS R164 +11
R69 V+40 V R73
R44 R53 +5 V Adj
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 5–15
Adjustment Procedures
C73
U58
R168
R182 C131
Q10 Q16 L5 L6
C91 R183 GN
D
U55 U67 L9
R274 U53
R134 U78
R135 J9
R282
J1 R21 J6
U14 C79 K1
R269
J13
J11
U36 U37
+8 V -8 V
5–16 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Adjustment Procedures
R868
J84 TP3
R826 R825 J300
C302
R314
C731 C721 R827
C74
R514
Waveform Illustrations
The Figures 5–9 through 5–22 will help you make adjustments described in the
Adjustment Procedures software. The Adjustment Procedures software refers you
to the illustrations when appropriate. The illustrations are named for the
associated adjustment step.
.8
.7 100%
.6
.5
.4 Horizontal
center marks 50%
.3
.2
.1
–.1
–.2
–.3
Tek COMPONENT ANALOG 2% & 4% KPB
Figure 5–9: Trace Rotation, Y Alignment, and Geometry – Horizontal center marks
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 5–17
Adjustment Procedures
.8
.7 100%
.6
Position of top cross
.5 mark
.4
50%
.3
.2
.1
–.1
Align bottom three cross
–.2 marks on baseline
–.3
Tek COMPONENT ANALOG 2% & 4% KPB
50 5
mV ms
5–18 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Adjustment Procedures
200mV 10us
.8
.7 100%
.6
.5
Note Aberrations in the example
waveform are exaggerated; the
.4 waveform bottom should be flat
50%
.3
Region of waveform to
.2 monitor for amplitude
changes
.1
–.1
–.2
–.3
Tek COMPONENT ANALOG 2% & 4% KPB
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 5–19
Adjustment Procedures
.8
A7C414 A7C514
.7 100%
adjustment adjustment
.6
.5
.4
50%
.3
.2
.1
–.1
–.2
–.3
Tek COMPONENT ANALOG 2% & 4% KPB
Y
L
C
G
M
R
B
1000 mV
B
R
M
G
C
YL
8 major divisions
5–20 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Adjustment Procedures
625/50
A7C74 for
balanced
minimum
openings
200
mV
10 ms 10 ms
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 5–21
Adjustment Procedures
A B
C D
5–22 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Adjustment Procedures
.8 1/2
.7
1dB
100%
.6
.5 40°
20°
.4
50%
.3
.2
.1
–.1
–.2
–.3
Tek COMPONENT ANALOG 2% & 4% KPB
.8
.7 100%
.6
.5
.4
50%
.3
.2
.1
–.1
–.2
–.3
Tek COMPONENT ANALOG 2% & 4% KPB
Figure 5–21: Digital Cursor – Correct waveform and Data Cursor alignment
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 5–23
Adjustment Procedures
.8
.7 100%
.6
.5
.4
50%
.3
.2
.1
–.1
–.2
–.3
Tek COMPONENT ANALOG 2% & 4% KPB
5–24 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Adjustment Procedures
.8
.7 100%
.6
.5
.4
50%
.3
.2
.1
–.1
–.2
–.3
Tek COMPONENT ANALOG 2% & 4% KPB
.8
.7 100%
.6
.5
.4
50%
.3
.2
.1
–.1
–.2
–.3
Tek COMPONENT ANALOG 2% & 4% KPB
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 5–25
Adjustment Procedures
.8
.7 100%
.6
.5
.4
50%
.3
.2
.1
–.1
–.2
–.3
Tek COMPONENT ANALOG 2% & 4% KPB
.8
.7 100%
.6
.5
.4
50%
.3
.2
.1
–.1
–.2
–.3
Tek COMPONENT ANALOG 2% & 4% KPB
5–26 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Adjustment Procedures
.8
.7 100%
.6
.5
.4
50%
.3
.2
.1
–.1
–.2
–.3
Tek COMPONENT ANALOG 2% & 4% KPB
.8
.7 100%
.6
.5
.4
50%
.3
.2
.1
–.1
–.2
–.3
Tek COMPONENT ANALOG 2% & 4% KPB
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 5–27
Adjustment Procedures
.8
.7 100%
.6
.5
.4
50%
.3
.2
.1
–.1
–.2
–.3
Tek COMPONENT ANALOG 2% & 4% KPB
5–28 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
Service Options
As with all Tektronix products, a number of servicing options are available.
H Return the instrument to Tektronix for repair and/or calibration. Tektronix
supports service worldwide.
H Exchange a major assembly or circuit board for a fully tested replacement
from a Tektronix service center.
H Troubleshoot and repair the defective module to component level and
purchase replacement parts from a Tektronix service center. Most circuit
boards contain fine-pitch surface mount components, which require special
equipment for replacement.
You should determine which of these options is appropriate for you.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–1
Maintenance
Preparation
The service information presented in this section is intended for qualified service
personnel only. Before performing any service procedures, read the Service
Safety Summary and the General Safety Summary located at the front of this
manual.
The procedures in this manual assume you have a basic knowledge of the
operation of the waveform monitor. Refer to Operating Information in section 2
for an overview of the instrument functions. For more operating information,
refer to the User manual for your waveform monitor.
Prevention of The waveform monitor contains electrical components that are susceptible to
Electro-Static Damage to damage from static discharge. Static voltages from 1 kV to 30 kV are common in
Components unprotected environments. Table 6–1 shows the relative susceptibility to static
discharge of common semiconductor types.
Relative
level Device type Voltage
1 MOS or CMOS 100 V – 500 V
2 ECL 200 V – 500 V
3 SCHOTTKY SIGNAL DIODES 250 V
4 SCHOTTKY TTL 500 V
5 HF BIPOLAR TRANSISTORS 400 to 600 V
6 JFETS 600 to 800 V
7 LINEAR mCIRCUITS 400 to 1000 V est.
8 LOW POWER SCHOTTKY TTL 900 V
9 TTL 1200 V
6–2 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
H Keep static generating items or items capable of holding a static charge away
from the workstation surface.
H Keep the component leads shorted together whenever possible.
H Pick up the components by the body, never by the leads.
H Always move components by picking them up first, never by sliding them
across a surface.
H Avoid handling components in areas that have a floor or work surface
covering capable of generating a static charge.
H Use a soldering iron that is connected to earth ground.
H Use only antistatic suction or wick-type desoldering tools.
Cleaning the Exterior Clean the dust from the exterior of the instrument by wiping it with a soft cloth
or small brush. A brush is useful to remove dust from around the buttons, knobs,
and connectors. Remove hardened dirt with a cloth dampened in water contain-
ing a mild detergent. Do not use abrasive cleaners.
Cleaning the CRT/Display Clean the CRT protective shield, light filter, and CRT face with a soft, lint-free
cloth dampened in denatured alcohol.
Cleaning the Interior Clean the interior of the instrument by loosening the accumulated dust with a dry,
soft brush. Once the dirt is loose, remove it with low-pressure air. High-velocity
air can damage parts. Remove hardened dirt or grease with a cotton-tipped
applicator dampened with a solution of mild detergent and water. Abrasive
cleaners should not be used. If the circuit board assemblies must be removed for
cleaning, refer to Removal and Replacement on page 6–5.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–3
Maintenance
After cleaning, allow the interior to thoroughly dry before applying power to the
instrument.
Replacing and Cleaning In order to operate in all environmental conditions the waveform monitor
the Air Filter requires clean unrestricted air flow. The air filter, which cleans the air supplied
by the fan, is located in the fan housing on the rear panel. Check the filter
frequently. A supply of replacement filters was shipped with this instrument.
Filter Replacement. To replace the air filter, pull the fan cover off the fan, lift out
the old filter and replace it. Carefully press the cover into place over the fan
housing. Refer to Figure 6–14 on page 6–16 for details of the fan assembly.
Filter Cleaning. You can clean and reuse the air filters supplied with this instru-
ment. Wash the used filters in warm water and mild detergent. Let them dry
thoroughly before reusing them.
Additional Air Filters. Order additional air filters directly from Tektronix. The part
number for the air filters is listed in Options, section 7.
Visual Inspection After cleaning, carefully check the instrument for defective connections or
damaged parts. If you discover a heat-damaged part, determine the cause of
overheating before replacing the damaged part to prevent additional damage.
Periodic checks of the transistors and integrated circuits are not recommended.
The best measure of performance is the actual operation of the component in the
circuit.
Determining the Software Operation of the waveform monitors is dependent upon the operating software
Version loaded in the Flash EPROM on the Main board. New software versions may be
released to add features or correct reported problems. You can save considerable
time and troubleshooting effort by reporting the software version when calling
Tektronix for parts or service information.
NOTE. If the Flash EPROM fails, you will need to return the instrument to
Tektronix to replace the part and restore proper operation.
6–4 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
Use the following procedure to view the software and coprocessor version
numbers:
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select the CALIBRATE submenu using the bezel knob.
3. Read the version number from the lower right corner of the CRT. The
software version number is preceded by the letter V. The version number of
the serial coprocessor code is preceded by the letter C.
Periodic Performance Check instrument performance after each 2000 hours of operation or every
Check and Adjustment 12 months. This performance check will help to ensure maximum performance
and help you locate defects that may not be apparent during regular operation. A
performance verification procedure and an adjustment procedure are included in
this manual.
CAUTION. Do not reinsert screws in the rear panel when the instrument is
removed from the cabinet.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–5
Maintenance
Cable Pin Assignments Signals and power supply voltages are passed through the instrument with a
and Removal system of interconnecting cables. The connectors on these cables have numbers
that identify terminal connectors; numerals are used from pin 2 up. A triangular
key symbol identifies pin 1 on the circuit board. Figure 6–1 shows the numbering
scheme (and the triangular marking) on the circuit board.
Row B
Pin 1
Row A
24 and 34 pin circuit
board connectors on
Main circuit board
Pin 1
Row B
Row A
Pin 1
10-pin plug
Figure 6–2 shows the correct way to remove the large cables joining circuit
boards.
6–6 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–7
Maintenance
Bezel Removal Removing the bezel provides access to the graticule filter, graticule lights and
CRT. To remove the bezel, use the following procedure:
1. Remove the five knobs located below the CRT, using a 1/16-inch Allen
wrench. See Figure 6–4.
6–8 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
2. Use a screwdriver to press out the small panel located below the CRT, as
shown in Figure 6–5. Behind the small panel are two bezel mounting screws
shown in Figure 6–4.
Figure 6–5: Removing the bezel knob panel from the bottom of the waveform
monitor
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–9
Maintenance
Graticule Light Bulb Replacement bulbs are supplied with this instrument as standard accessories.
Replacement Additional bulbs can be purchased from Tektronix (see Replaceable Electrical
Parts list) or from local electronics distribution sources. The bulbs (A3DS1 –
A3DS5) are parts of the A3 Main board.
When changing the graticule bulb in the following procedure, use tweezers with
curved, serrated tips.
CAUTION. Needle-nosed pliers can break the graticule bulbs. Using them for this
procedure is not recommended.
1. Remove the front panel bezel according to the instructions on page 6–8.
2. Remove a bulb by positioning the tweezer tips to grasp the thin, flat portion
of the bulb (close to the plastic socket). Carefully pull the bulb straight out,
as shown in Figure 6–6.
3. To install a bulb, grasp the thin, flat portion of the bulb with the tweezers,
position it in front of the socket, and gently press the bulb in until it snaps
into place.
4. Replace the bezel.
6–10 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
WARNING. The CRT can retain a dangerous charge. Ground the conductor of the
anode to discharge the CRT. Do not allow the conductor of the anode to touch
your body or any circuitry.
WARNING. The CRT is a high vacuum device and could implode causing injuries.
Always wear safety glasses, gloves, and protective clothing when handling CRTs.
1. Remove the front panel bezel according to the instructions on page 6–8.
2. Disconnect the anode by first clipping the plastic strap that secures the anode
lead. Note how the plastic strap secures the anode lead so you can install a
replacement strap during reassembly. See Figure 6–7.
3. Carefully pull the anode lead out the front then separate the anode lead
connector. Do not touch the exposed tip of the connector. Discharge the
connector tip to the chassis. Notice how the anode lead is tucked between the
CRT and CRT shield. It must be replaced in this position to avoid leakage to
other components.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–11
Maintenance
4. Disconnect the 2-pin cable from A3J3 on the Main board and push it through
the hole in the Main board. The red lead is toward the rear of the instrument.
5. Grasp the front of the CRT and use your other hand to rock the CRT out of
the socket on the A5 CRT board. Pull the CRT straight out the front leaving
the CRT shield in the case.
6. To replace the CRT, reverse the steps for disassembly. Ensure that the four
plastic supports are on the corners of the CRT shield before inserting the
CRT. Check that the CRT wire harness is routed beneath the CRT shield as
shown in Figure 6–8.
7. When connecting the anode lead, press the two ends together until they snap
into place. Tuck the anode lead between the CRT and CRT shield. The
upper-right shield support has two tabs removed to provide room for the
anode lead.
8. Orient the red lead of the 2-pin cable toward the rear of the instrument.
Removing the Front Panel To remove the Front Panel board, use the following procedure:
Board
1. Remove the blue multiwire connector from A3J1.
2. Push down on the tab located on the top rear of the front-panel assembly and
press outward on the upper part of the assembly. See Figure 6–9.
3. Remove the Front Panel assembly by slipping it through the front-panel
opening.
6–12 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
4. To access the Front Panel assembly components, use the following proce-
dure:
a. Use a 1/4 inch nut driver to remove the four nuts holding the assembly
together. See Figure 6–10.
b. Pull the Front Panel board free from the front panel, spacer, and keypad.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–13
Maintenance
Removing the Rear-panel To access the rear panel Input board, BNC board, use the following procedure:
and BNC/Input Circuit
1. Remove the ten TORX T-10 screws from the rear-panel as shown in
Boards
Figure 6–11.
2. Disconnect A4J1, A4J2, and A4J4 coaxial cables and A4J3 ribbon cable on
the A4 Input board as shown in Figure 6–12.
J2 J4
J3 J5
J1
6–14 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
4. Disconnect the fan leads from A1J5 on the A1 Power Supply board.
5. Carefully pivot the Rear Panel out from the chassis with the line filter end
remaining near the chassis. Do not damage the short wires from the AC line
filter to the Power Supply board. These leads are soldered to the Power
Supply board.
6. Pull free the two communications ports connectors (RS-232 and REMOTE)
to J14 on the Main board. These connections have very short cables.
7. To remove the Input board (A4), use a 5/16-inch nut driver to remove the four
securing nuts as shown in Figure 6–13. Pull the Input board free from the
rear panel standoffs.
8. To remove the fan, remove the four TORX T-10 screws from the inside of
the rear panel. Pull the fan free with its cable attached. Figure 6–14 shows
the parts of the fan assembly.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–15
Maintenance
Removing the Main Board To remove the A3 Main board, use the following procedure:
1. Disconnect the cables from the connectors shown in Figure 6–15. Some
connectors come off the Main board and others from the other instrument
circuit boards.
2. Follow the Bezel removal instructions on page 6–8 to remove the five
front-panel knobs and the small panel below the CRT bezel.
3. Unsolder the four (red, green, blue, and brown) CRT deflection leads from
the Main board. The Main board has labels showing where each lead
connects.
6–16 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
J6 J8 J10
J1 J2 J5
J3 J13
J7 J11
J14
J9
J17
4. Pass the CRT and trace rotation leads through the appropriate holes in the
Main board.
5. Use a 3/16-inch nut driver to remove the mounting studs from the rear-panel
RS-232 and REMOTE connectors.
6. Remove the eight screws that hold the Main board in place.
7. Slide the Main circuit board forward until the REMOTE and RS-232
connectors are clear of the rear panel.
8. Remove the Main board by sliding it upward and toward the rear panel until
the control shafts on the front of the board clear the front panel, then lift it
out.
9. To replace the Main board, slide the knob shafts into place in the front panel
while matching the board to the board guides on either side of the front
panel. Pass the CRT and trace rotation leads through the appropriate holes in
the Main board.
10. Lower the rear of the Main board and carefully fit the REMOTE and RS-232
connectors into their rear panel slots.
11. Lower the Main board and insert the securing screws.
12. Reconnect cables and solder the CRT connections to the Main board.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–17
Maintenance
Removing the Power To remove the A1 Power Supply, use the following procedure:
Supply Board
1. Be sure that the instrument is not connected to the AC power mains and that
the high-voltage indicator, DS7, on the Power Supply board is off.
WARNING. Dangerous line-potential voltage exists beneath the plastic shield over
the Power Supply board. Do not remove this shield when waveform monitor is
plugged into the AC power mains. DS7 is an indicator. If DS7 is lighted or
flashing, dangerous potentials exist beneath the plastic shield.
WARNING. The CRT may retain a dangerous charge. Ground the conductor of the
anode to discharge the CRT. Do not allow the conductor to touch your body or
any circuitry.
3. Disconnect the CRT anode connection at its connector located between the
CRT and the Power Supply board. Discharge the anode lead to ground. See
Figure 6–16.
6–18 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
Removing the Serial To remove the A5 Serial board, use the following procedure:
Board
1. Disconnect the cable to A3J9 (Main circuit board) and feed the cable through
the chassis as shown in Figure 6–17.
2. Disconnect the cables from A5J1, A5J5, and A5J8. Pull straight out on
coaxial cable connections to avoid damaging them.
3. Disconnect the cable from the Input board A4J1.
J4 J5
J1 J2 J6
J3
J7
J11
J12
4. Remove the five TORX T-15 screws securing the Serial board. See
Figure 6–18.
5. Pull out the top edge of the Serial board and lift it free.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–19
Maintenance
6. To reinstall the Serial board, reverse this procedure. Ensure that the bottom
edge of the Serial board is seated in the board guide before installing the
screws. Check that the cables under the Serial board are clear of the
mounting posts.
Removing the CRT Board The A6 CRT board (see Figure 6–21 on page 6–25 for the location of this board)
contains the socket for the CRT and provides connectors for all inputs to the
CRT, except the anode and trace rotation connections at the front. To remove the
A6 CRT board, use the following procedure:
1. Disconnect A6J1, A6J2, and A6J3 cables on the A6 CRT board. J1 and J2
come from connectors with the same name on the A1 Power Supply board.
J3 is from soldered connections on the A3 Main board.
2. Carefully pull the board to the rear and rock the CRT socket off the CRT
connector.
3. Pull the A6 CRT board free from the bracket and instrument chassis.
4. To reinstall the A6 CRT board, reverse these steps. Carefully align the CRT
connectors with the CRT socket. Press the socket onto the CRT until fully
seated.
6–20 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
Removing the Component To remove the A8 DAC board and A7 Component board assembly, use the
and DAC Boards following procedure:
1. Disconnect the short cable at A7J84, which connects the A4 Input circuit
board.
2. Disconnect the cable at A8J1, which connects the A5 Serial board.
3. Use slip-joint pliers to loosen and remove the connectors from A7J9, A7J12,
and A7J13. Refer to Figure 6–2 for the correct way to remove these cables.
4. Remove the four TORX T-15 screws that secure the DAC and Component
boards to the chassis, as shown in Figure 6–19.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–21
Maintenance
c. Use a 5/16-inch nut driver to remove the six nuts securing the shield to
the Component board.
d. Use a 5/16-inch nut driver to remove the six standoffs from the Compo-
nent board.
A8
DAC
A7
Component
7. To reinstall the two boards, reverse these steps. When inserting the two-board
assembly, ensure that the Component board fits into the plastic board guide
in the chassis.
6–22 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
This section describes the how to troubleshoot the waveform monitor. Following
a general discussion of techniques, specific procedures are given for replacing
the fuse, troubleshooting the Power Supply and configuring the Component and
DAC boards for troubleshooting.
General Troubleshooting The following procedure is designed to help you isolate problems, which
Techniques expedites repairs and minimizes down time.
1. Determine if the malfunction exists in the waveform monitor or in another
system component. Make sure that the waveform monitor is being correctly
operated as intended by Tektronix (see Operating Instructions). Check that an
instrument upstream from the waveform monitor is not malfunctioning.
2. Determine and evaluate all trouble symptoms. Isolate the problem to a
functional block, assembly, or circuit board. Use the Theory of Operation in
section 3 and the block diagrams in section 9 for tracing signals and isolating
circuits.
CAUTION. To avoid damaging components, use care when probing with meter
leads or probes. Misplacing leads or a probe could cause a short circuit or
transient voltage capable of destroying components.
3. Determine the nature of the problem. Try to determine whether the waveform
monitor is out of calibration or if there has been a component failure. Once
the type of failure has been determined, identify the functional area most
likely at fault.
4. Inspect the suspect assembly for physical defects. Most commonly these will
be components that are broken or loose, improperly seated, or overheated or
burned. Chafed insulation is also a common physical defect. Refer to the
Power Supply troubleshooting procedure on page 6–26. Repair or replace
obvious defects. In the case of overheated components, determine the cause
of overheating and correct the cause before re-applying power.
5. Use successive electrical checks to locate the source of the problem. The best
tool for isolating problems is the oscilloscope. Use the Performance
Verification procedure to check if a circuit is operating within specifications.
6. If the waveform monitor is operating, you should attempt to save the
calibration information into an NVDATA.TXT file using the Upgrade
program described on page 6–42. This is especially if you may need to repair
the Main board. Saving this information means you can simply load this
NVDATA.TXT file into Main board and avoid running the entire Adjustment
Procedure. If you exchange the Main board for another, you must run the full
Adjustment Procedure described on page 5–1.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–23
Maintenance
7. Determine the extent of the repair. If the necessary repair is complex, you
may want to contact your local Tektronix field office or representative before
continuing. If the repair is minor, such as replacing a component, see the
parts lists in sections 8 and 10 for replacement information. Procedures for
removing and replacing assemblies are described in this section.
NOTE. Use a 2% RMA flux content solder when making repairs. Cleaning off
rosin residue is not recommended. Cleaning solvents may reactivate the rosin and
spread it under components where it can cause corrosion. The initial rosin
residue is not corrosive.
Circuit Board Locations The instrument electrical circuits consist of circuit boards connected by various
types of cables. All of the circuit boards are designated as assemblies. Each
assembly has an alphanumeric designation (A1 through A9). The assembles are
listed here and at the beginning of the Replaceable Electrical Parts list in this
manual.
Figure 6–21 shows the locations of all circuit board assemblies for the waveform
monitor. Table 6–2 lists the functional names and numbers of the circuit boards.
6–24 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
A7
A8
A4
A5
A6
A1
A2 A3
Circuit board
assembly
number Assembly name
A1 Power Supply
A2 Front Panel
A3 Main
A4 BNC/Input
A4A1 BNC
A6 CRT Socket
A5 Serial
A7 Component
A8 Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC)
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–25
Maintenance
Line Fuse Replacement The waveform monitor is protected with an F-type cartridge fuse. Figure 6–22
shows the fuse location on the Power Supply (A1) circuit board. Replace the fuse
with the correct type and value. The correct type and value is silk screened on the
circuit board, adjacent to the fuse holder. Using a higher rated or slower acting
fuse can damage a circuit.
F1
Line Fuse
Power Supply The Power Supply is a switching power supply and requires a specific trouble-
Troubleshooting shooting procedure to avoid personal danger or instrument damage.
WARNING. Dangerous voltage levels exist in the Power Supply even after the line
cord is removed from the main AC supply. Read the instructions in this section
before beginning to troubleshoot this Power Supply.
6–26 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
Symptom Procedure
Line fuse open Rectifier/Switcher/Snubber Check
Power Supply cycles OFF/ON Output Check
Note: Check instrument for shorts. Error Amplifier Check
Shut Down Logic Check
Does not power up Controller/Gate Drive Check
Error Amplifier Check
Shut Down Logic Check
Rectifier/Switcher/Snubber Check
+5 V not regulating Error Amplifier Check
Improper CRT display High Volts Supply Checks
Troubleshooting the Low Volts Supply. To troubleshoot the low voltage circuits on
the Power Supply board, follow these steps:
1. Preliminary Checks
a. A properly functioning and loaded Low Volts Supply will output the
voltages listed in Table 6–4. Use the DMM to measure the voltages
between TP1 (GND) and the voltage test points. Figure 5–5 on
page 5–15 shows the locations of these test points. If the supply is not
regulating properly, continue with the procedure to determine the
problem.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–27
Maintenance
WARNING. Do not proceed until the drain of Q14 is near 0 V. Dangerous voltage
potentials are present in the circuit until the capacitors discharge.
2. Rectifier/Switcher/Snubber Check
a. Use the digital multimeter to measure the voltage between TP2 and TP3.
Be sure the voltage is near 0 V before proceeding.
b. Remove jumper P7.
c. With the negative lead of the digital multimeter connected to TP3 (line
common) and the positive lead connected to TP2, measure the circuit
resistance. A resistance of less than 20 kW indicates a shorted MOSFET
(Q14). If the MOSFET is shorted, replace it and perform the Control
Circuit Check.
d. Using the digital multimeter diode test function, test CR32, CR33, CR34,
and CR35 for shorts. Diode replacement parts must be fast reverse
recovery (300 ns) types to reduce conducted noise.
e. Using the digital multimeter diode test function, test the snubber diodes
CR23 and CR25 for shorts.
f. Replace jumper P7.
6–28 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
NOTE. The variable power supply used in the following checks must have a
current limit of 1 ampere or less.
b. Connect the negative output from the 20 VDC Power Supply to TP1 and
the positive output to R69 (+40 V). The circuit should draw less than
20 mA. Excessive current draw may indicate a fault in CR19 or Q7
(High Volts Power Supply).
c. Connect the positive output from the 20 VDC Power Supply to TP1and
the negative output to W2 (–11 V). The circuit should draw less than
20 mA. Excessive current draw may indicate a fault in CR18.
d. Connect the negative output from the 5 VDC Power Supply to TP1 and
the positive output to TP4 (+5 V). The circuit should draw less than
20 mA. Excessive current draw may indicate a fault in CR17 or Q11 and
VR1 in the High Volts section of the Power Supply.
4. Controller/Gate Drive Check
a. Remove jumper P6.
b. Connect +20 VDC to the left end of R122 or R120 and connect the
common lead to TP3.
c. Short together pins 1 and 2 of U6.
d. Table 6–5 shows the signals present when the control circuit functions
properly.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–29
Maintenance
6–30 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
Troubleshooting the High Volts Supply. To troubleshoot the high voltage circuits
on the Power Supply board, follow these steps:
WARNING. Dangerous potentials exist on this circuit board. Use extreme care
when troubleshooting these circuits.
1. Preliminary Checks
a. Table 6–7 lists the High Volts Supply fault symptoms and procedures.
Determine which symptom the power supply exhibits and refer to the
corresponding procedure(s).
Symptom Procedure
Unable to focus CRT using the front-panel Focus Amplifier Check
control
Unable to adjust CRT intensity using the Z-Axis Amplifier Check
front-panel control Grid Drive Check
No CRT display High Voltage Oscillator Check
CRT Voltage Check
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–31
Maintenance
6–32 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
Configuring the DAC and The DAC and Component boards are located within the frame of the waveform
Component Boards for monitor, which makes them difficult to troubleshoot. Refer to Figure 6–21 on
Troubleshooting page 6–25 for their location. By removing the boards, positioning them correctly,
and reconnecting the cables, you can troubleshoot both boards in their operating
configuration. You will need the Extender Cable described in the Options and
Accessories list located on page 7–1.
Insulator
(cardboard)
Standard
cable
Shield
Component board
Serial
board
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–33
Maintenance
To remove the boards, refer to the procedure on page 6–21. Figure 6–23 shows
how to place both boards on an insulating card to troubleshoot the DAC board.
Create an insulator like that shown in Figure 6–23 from card stock. The insulator
keeps the Component board from shorting to the frame.
To troubleshoot the Component board, separate the boards and remove the shield
from the back of the DAC board. Place the insulator down then connect all cables
through the insulator. Use the Extender Cable described in the Options and
Accessories list that starts on page 7–1. Ensure that pin 1 of the cable matches
pin 1 on the connector at each end.
Insulator
(cardboard)
Test
cable
Serial board
6–34 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
Performance Verification Perform the Performance Verification procedure after replacing any instrument
circuit board. This procedure can identify any new problems introduced during
repair or replacement of a circuit board.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–35
Maintenance
If you load new software, adjustment is necessary. Adjustment is required for the
display mode intensities and Arrowhead and Lightning graticules. For more
details, refer to page 6–46.
The Software Upgrade disk included with this manual contains the upgrade
utility software and the latest version of instrument software at the time of
publication.
NOTE. Check the version of the waveform monitor boot ROM before installing
new software. The boot ROM is the socketed IC U13 on the Main board (A3). See
Figure 6–26. The A3 Main board is the large board on the bottom of the
waveform monitor. Read the last two digits from the part number label on the
boot ROM to determine the version. If the boot ROM version is 00 or 01, you
need to replace it with the 02 boot ROM before loading new software. Contact
your Tektronix Service Representative for more information.
Please read all these instructions before starting the upgrade procedure. This
procedure includes the following parts:
H Getting Started
H Replacing the Boot ROM
H Upgrade Procedure
H Configuration after Repairing or Replacing the Main Board
H Using NVDATA.TXT
H Recovering from a Failed or Interrupted Upgrade
H Reloading NVDATA.TXT
H Adjustment and Verification after an Upgrade
6–36 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
Getting Started The Upgrade program overwrites the instrument software contained in Flash
EPROM with a newer software version. The Upgrade program can also load
software after replacement of the Flash EPROM.
NOTE. Check the version of the waveform monitor boot ROM before installing
new software. The boot ROM is the socketed IC U13 on the Main board (A3). See
Figure 6–26. The A3 Main board is the large board on the bottom of the
waveform monitor. Read the last two digits from the part number label on the
boot ROM to determine the version. If the boot ROM version is 00 or 01, you
need to replace it with the 02 boot ROM before loading new software. Contact
your Tektronix Service Representative for more information.
Configure the PC. For better file security and execution speed, you should copy
the contents of the 3.5 inch disk to your hard drive and run the program from
there. You also need to configure your PC for remote communications before
running the Upgrade program. You can run the Upgrade program from the floppy
drive on your PC, if necessary. To prepare the PC, follow these steps:
1. Insert the upgrade disk into the 3.5 inch floppy drive on the PC and copy the
contents to a directory on your hard drive.
2. Connect the rear-panel RS-232 connector of the waveform monitor to the
COM 1, 2, 3, or 4 connector on the PC using a cable wired as shown in
Figure 6–25.
3. Set the serial port communication parameters for the PC as shown in
Table 6–10.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–37
Maintenance
Parameter Setting
Baud 9600
Data bits 8
Stop bits 1
Parity None
Flow control Xon/Xoff
3 TXD 3 7 To waveform
monitor
4 4 8
To PC 5 GND 5 9
7
20
8
25
13
9 GND
9
5 5
6–38 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
NOTE. For remote communications to function properly for the upgrade, valid
software must be running in the waveform monitor.
Replacing the Boot ROM This procedure replaces the boot ROM on the A3 Main board with the new
version. You should replace the boot ROM if you have an older instrument with a
–00 or –01 version of the boot ROM. The main advantage of changing the boot
ROM from –01 to –02 is the ability to configure the waveform monitor to work
in other compatible models. The –00 boot ROM must be changed to be compat-
ible with the software versions 2.0 and above.
To access the boot ROM, you need to remove the cover and turn the instrument
over. The A3 Main board is the large board on the bottom as shown on
page 6–25.
To replace the boot ROM, follow these steps:
1. Remove the instrument from the cabinet as described on page 6–7.
2. Position the instrument with the bottom up and the front panel to your left.
3. Replace socketed U13 with the IC Tektronix part number 163-0653-02
provided in the kit. Refer to Figure 6–26 for the component location.
4. Install the instrument in the cabinet.
5. Install new software following the instructions beginning on page 6–40.
J2 J5
J14
U13
J17
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–39
Maintenance
Upgrading the Software Use the following procedure to upgrade the software on your waveform monitor.
The procedure takes about 35 minutes to complete.
1. Ensure that the file NVDATA.TXT is not located in the same directory as the
Upgrade program files. NVDATA.TXT is a temporary file created by the
Upgrade program to hold user presets and calibration information during the
upgrade. If NVDATA.TXT is present, move it to another directory or rename
it. For more information about NVDATA.TXT, see Using NVDATA.TXT on
page 6–43.
2. Exit from all applications on your PC.
3. From the DOS prompt, change to the directory containing the upgrade files.
4. Type UPGRADE and press ENTER.
5. When asked for the COM port, enter the number of the port you are using. If
you enter an incorrect port number, you are prompted to retry the same port
or quit. You must quit to select a different COM port.
6. If the file NVDATA.TXT is detected in your working directory, you are
prompted to make the following choice:
H To use the current calibration constants in your waveform monitor
NVRAM, type . This is the normal selection. It lets you to use the
existing cal constants to avoid recalibration following the upgrade.
H To use the NVDATA.TXT file already in your directory to reload
calibration constants, type .
NOTE. If you use the pre-existing file to restore calibration constants, the
program deletes NVDATA.TXT after loading it into NVRAM.
6–40 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
8. The program asks you to confirm the upgrade to a new version of software.
H To upgrade your software, type .
H To exit the Upgrade program without changing your waveform monitor,
type .
9. The program displays status messages as the upgrade progresses. The
program saves NVRAM to NVDATA.txt, then erases both NVRAM and
flash EPROM. The program then loads new software into the EPROM, then
loads NVDATA.txt back into NVRAM. After approximately 35 minutes, the
program completes and displays a message indicating that the upgrade was
successful.
If the error message “Failed to restore CAL Constants” appears, try reloading
the NVDATA.TXT file using the instructions on page 6–45.
You have successfully loaded the new software.
Configuration After Use the following procedure to configure the Main board in a waveform monitor.
Replacing or Repairing You may need to configure the Main board after replacing or repairing it. You
the Main Board must always run the Upgrade program following replacement of the Main board.
With the Upgrade program (UPGRADE –C), you configure the Main board with
the current Model type, Serial number, and date.
Applying Power After Installing a Main Board. To check a replacement Main board,
connect the completely assembled waveform monitor to AC power and press the
power switch. The waveform monitor will either power up and display the usual
Display mode window or show the following error message:
This error indicates that you need to use the Upgrade program to configure the
Main board and, possibly, load software. If this error occurs after you have
performed the configuration procedure, it could indicate that you entered
incorrect information during the upgrade. Disconnect power and check that all
circuit boards and connecting cables are properly seated.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–41
Maintenance
Configuration Procedure Follow these steps to configure a replacement Main board or to load new
firmware in a repaired Main board.
1. Ensure that the file NVDATA.TXT is not located in the same directory as the
upgrade application files. NVDATA.TXT is a temporary file created by the
Upgrade program to hold user presets and calibration information. If
NVDATA.TXT is present, move it to another directory or rename it. For
more information about NVDATA.TXT, see Using NVDATA.TXT on
page 6–43.
2. Exit from all applications on your PC before running the Upgrade program.
3. From the DOS prompt, change to the directory containing the upgrade files.
4. Type
and press ENTER.
5. When asked for the COM port, enter the number of the port you are using. If
you enter an incorrect port number, you are prompted to retry the same port
or quit. You must quit to select a different COM port.
6. The Upgrade program prompts you to supply the following information:
H Model type, either WFM 601A, WFM 601E, or WFM 601M
H Instrument serial number from the rear panel, such as B012345
H Current date in the form MM/DD/YY, such as 03/18/97 for March 18,
1997
7. The program asks whether you want to proceed with the changes. Type to
confirm your entries or to discard your entries.
8. The program checks the current instrument model and compares it against
the model type you entered. The program then stores the new configuration
in NVRAM. The program asks whether to install new software.
H If the Main board is a replacement from Tektronix, it has the latest
version of software installed. Type to exit the Upgrade program and
proceed to step 10 in this procedure.
H If you have repaired the EPROM on the Main board, you should proceed
to load new software. Type to load the new version of the software.
9. The program displays status messages as the upgrade progresses. After
approximately 35 minutes, the program displays a message indicating that
the upgrade was successful.
10. If you were able to save the calibration information before repairing the Main
board, reload this information now by following the instructions on
page 6–44.
6–42 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
11. If you replaced the Main board or were not able to save the calibration
information before repair, perform the procedures in the Adjustment
Procedures section of this manual.
When you load software into the empty EPROM, the program loads default
calibration information into NVRAM. You must perform the full Adjustment
Procedure in order to adjust the default calibration information. This
adjustment will ensure that your waveform monitor meets the advertised
specifications. You can choose to return the waveform monitor to your
Tektronix Service Center for a complete calibration.
12. After repairing or replacing the Main board, verify that the waveform
monitor still performs to specifications by performing the procedures in the
Performance Verification section of this manual.
This completes the configuration procedure.
Using NVDATA.TXT During the upgrade process, the Upgrade program saves user presets and
calibration information from your waveform monitor NVRAM to a temporary
file named NVDATA.TXT. After the program loads the new software, it
automatically reloads the presets and calibration information from
NVDATA.TXT back into NVRAM. This process configures your waveform
monitor with the operating parameters it had before you ran the Upgrade
program. Before exiting the upgrade, and after ensuring that NVDATA.TXT was
loaded correctly, the program deletes NVDATA.TXT.
If the NVDATA.TXT file is lost, you can recalibrate the waveform monitor by
using the Adjustment Procedures in this manual. Alternatively, if you have saved
a copy of the NVDATA.TXT file, you can load the contents of NVDATA.TXT
into the waveform monitor using the UPGRADE –R option described in
Reloading NVDATA.TXT on page 6–45. Each waveform monitor has unique
calibration information in its NVRAM. Loading the NVDATA.TXT saved from
one instrument into another instrument will result in second instrument being
uncalibrated.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–43
Maintenance
The option saves the current front-panel settings, presets, and calibration
information into the working directory in the file NVDATA.TXT and exits.
4. Rename NVDATA.TXT or move it into another directory to prevent the
Upgrade program from overwriting it.
Calibration information is unique to each waveform monitor. Make a separate
backup of the NVDATA.TXT file for each waveform monitor.
Recovering from an In rare cases, the Upgrade program may quit prematurely; for example, if power
Interrupted or Failed to the PC or the waveform monitor is interrupted, the RS-232 connection is
Upgrade broken, or the Upgrade program is significantly delayed by another application.
If the Upgrade program quits prematurely, use the following procedure.
1. Save a copy of NVDATA.TXT into another file or location.
Saving a copy now will back up your presets and calibration information.
Leave a copy of NVDATA.TXT in the directory with the upgrade files. You
can use this copy to restore the settings to your waveform monitor.
2. Verify the RS-232 configuration as shown in Figure 6–25 on page 6–38 and
Table 6–10, on page 6–38.
6–44 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
3. Cycle the power on the waveform monitor by pressing the POWER button
twice.
4. Exit from all applications on your PC.
5. From the DOS prompt, change to the directory containing the upgrade files.
6. Type and press ENTER.
7. When asked for the COM port, enter the number of the port you are using.
8. When asked if you want to use the detected NVDATA.TXT file to reload the
calibration information, choose one of the following options:
H To use the existing file to reload calibration information, type .
H To quit the Upgrade program without making any changes to the
waveform monitor, type .
9. If you typed , the Upgrade program prompts you to confirm that you want to
upgrade the current software to the new version. Choose one of the following
options:
H To continue with the upgrade, type .
H To quit the Upgrade program without making any changes to the
waveform monitor, type .
10. The program displays status messages as the upgrade progresses. After
approximately 35 minutes, the program displays a message indicating that
the upgrade was successful.
Reloading NVDATA.TXT In some cases, the Upgrade program will fail to reload the NVDATA.TXT file.
See Using NVDATA.TXT on page 6–43 for more information about this file. If
this occurs during a normal upgrade, an error message will inform you that the
file was not reloaded.
If the NVDATA.TXT file was not reloaded, use the following procedure to
recover the data and restore the waveform monitor to normal operation. This
procedure takes about two minutes to complete.
1. Ensure that the NVDATA.TXT file from your waveform monitor is in the
same directory as the Upgrade program files.
2. Verify the RS-232 configuration as shown in Figure 6–25 on page 6–38 and
Table 6–10, on page 6–38.
3. Exit from all applications on your PC.
4. From the DOS prompt, change to the directory containing the upgrade files.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–45
Maintenance
Adjustment and After completing any of the upgrade or configuration procedures, adjustment
Verification Following an may be required. All procedures require performance of the procedures in the
Upgrade or Configuration Performance Verification section to ensure operation to the advertised specifica-
tions. Table 6–11 lists the procedures required following each type of upgrade or
configuration. If a software upgrade kit indicates different adjustment require-
ments than those listed in Table 6–11, follow the kit instructions.
Limited
Upgrade Performance adjustments (see Full adjustment
procedure verification following topic) procedures
Load V2.23 software only Yes Yes No
Replace -00 or -01 boot ROM Yes Yes No
and load V2.23 software
Configure A3 Main board for new Yes No Yes
model1
Replace A3 Main board and Yes No Yes
configure for current model1
1 The calibration information stored in the replacement A3 Main board is not optimized
for the circuitry in the new model or instrument. You must perform the full Adjustment
Procedures to ensure correct and specified operation.
Limited Adjustments Following the upgrade to V2.23 software, you must adjust the Arrowhead display
offset and the 1H and 15H Intensities using the included Adjustment Procedures
Software disk. To make the required adjustment, follow these steps:
1. Connect the serial output of a television signal generator to the waveform
monitor SER A input. Terminate the loop-through input with a high-
frequency (HF) 75 ohm terminator. Select a 100% Color Bar signal.
2. Load the Adjustment Procedures Software disk and run the cal.exe program.
Refer to section 5 of this manual for more information on running the cal.exe
application.
6–46 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Maintenance
Verifying the Performance After running the Upgrade program, you will need to verify that the waveform
of the Waveform Monitor monitor still performs to specifications. Perform the procedures in the Perfor-
mance Verification section.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 6–47
Maintenance
Repackaging
If the instrument is to be shipped to a Tektronix Service Center for service or
repair, attach a tag to the instrument showing the following information:
H Owner with complete address
H Name of the person at your firm to contact
H Instrument serial number
H Description of the service required
Repackaging for If possible, repackage the instrument in the original shipping container to provide
Shipment adequate protection as shown in Figure 6–27.
6–48 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Options
The waveform monitors are shipped with several standard accessories. These
standard accessories and any optional accessories are listed in this section.
Standard Accessories The following accessory items are included with this product:
1 User Manual, provides operating information for the products
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M User manual (Tektronix part
number 071-0103-XX)
1 Power Cord: United States and Japan only (161–0216–XX)
1 Replacement Fuse Cartridge: 3AG, 2A, 250V, fast-blow (159–0021–00)
3 Replacement Graticule Light Bulbs (150–0168–00)
3 Replacement Air Filters for Fan (378–0415–00)
2 75 W End-line Terminations: 26 dB to 300 MHz (011–0163–00)
1 Smoke Grey CRT Filter, installed on instrument (378–0258–00)
Options The following options are available when ordering a waveform monitor.
Power Cord Options. If you do not specify a power cord option, the waveform
monitor is shipped with a North American 125 V power cord and one replace-
ment fuse. The following power cord options are available when purchasing your
waveform monitor.
Power cords for use in North America are UL listed and CSA certified. Cords for
use in areas other than North America are approved by at least one test house
acceptable in the country to which the product is shipped.
H Option A1. Power, Universal Europe, 220 V/16 A (Locking Power Cord)
H Option A2. Power, United Kingdom, 240 V/15 A (Power Cord)
H Option A3. Power, Australia, 240 V/10 A (Power Cord)
H Option A4. Power, North America, 250V/10 A (Power Cord)
H Option A5. Power, Swiss, 240 V/6 A (Power Cord)
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 7–1
Options
Optional Accessories The following items can be ordered with the monitor or purchased through a
Tektronix field office or distributor. When ordering, include both the name and
part number (if available) of the option.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual. (070-9836-XX) This
manual.
Extender Cable. A 14 inch cable (Tektronix part 174-3285-00) that connects the
DAC board to the Serial board while troubleshooting.
Viewing Hood. A viewing hood blocks ambient light, allowing you to view dim
waveform traces.
Front Panel Cover. The front panel cover protects the display face from damage
and dust.
Camera, C9 Option 20. Use the camera to document displayed information for
later use.
1700F00 Plain Cabinet. This rack mount cabinet is half-rack width, made of
durable metal and painted silver-gray. Ventilating holes in the top, bottom, and
sides of the cabinet help dissipate heat.
1700F02 Carrying Case. This portable cabinet is similar to the 1700F00, but it has
rubber feet, a carrying handle, a flip-up stand, and a front cover.
1700F05 Side-by-Side Rack Adapter. The 1700F05 allows you to mount two
half-rack width instruments in a standard 19-inch rack.
1700F06 Blank Panel. When you use only one side of a 1700F05 enclosure, insert
a 1700F06 Blank Panel in the unused side to improve appearance and air flow.
1700F07 Utility Drawer. When you use only one side of a 1700F05, install the
1700F07 utility drawer in the unused side to provide storage and improve
appearance and air flow. The drawer opens and closes freely, unless latched for
transport.
7–2 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
This section contains a list of the electrical components for the waveform
monitors. Use this list to identify and order replacement parts.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–1
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Mfr. Code to Manufacturer The table titled Manufacturers Cross Index shows codes, names, and addresses of
Cross Index manufacturers or vendors of components listed in the parts list.
List of Assemblies A list of circuit board assemblies is located in Table 1–1 at the beginning of the
electrical parts list. The assemblies are listed in numerical order. When you know
the complete component number of a part, use this list to identify which
assembly contains the part.
8–2 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Mfr.
code Manufacturer Address City, state, zip code
0LUA3 PHILIPS COMPONENTS 100 PROVIDENCE PIKE SLATERSVILLE, RI 02876
00779 AMP INC. CUSTOMER SERVICE DEPT HARRISBURG, PA 17105–3608
PO BOX 3608
01295 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INC SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP DALLAS, TX 75272–5303
13500 N CENTRAL EXPRESSWAY
PO BOX 655303
02111 SPECTROL ELECTRONICS CORP 4051 GREYSTONE DRIVE ONTARIO, CA 91761
02113 COILCRAFT, INC. 1102 SILVER LAKE RD. CARY, IL 60013
04222 AVX/KYOCERA PO BOX 867 MYRTLE BEACH, SC 29577
04713 MOTOROLA INC SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS SECTOR PHOENIX, AZ 85008–4229
5005 E MCDOWELL ROAD
05292 ITT COMPONENTS CLIFTON, NJ
09023 CORNELL–DUBILIER CORPORATION C/O EARL & BROWN CO INC TIGARD, OR 97223
7185 SW SANDBURG RD
09969 DALE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS EAST HWY 50 YANKTON, SD 57078
P.O. BOX 180
0B0A9 DALLAS SEMICONDUCTOR 4350 BELTWOOD PKWY S DALLAS, TX 75244
0GZV8 HUBER & SUHNER INC ONE ALLEN MARTIN DRIVE ESSEX, VT 05451
0J260 COMTEK MANUFACTURING OF OREGON P O BOX 4200 BEAVERTON, OR 970764200
M/S 16–207
0J9R2 HARISON ELECTRIC CO LTD 2–1 ASAHIMACHI 5–CHOME EMINE, JAPAN 527R
IMARARI
0JR03 ZMAN MAGNETICS INC 7633 S 180TH KENT, WA 98032
0JR04 TOSHIBA AMERICA INC. ELECTRONICS COMPONENTS DIV IRVINE, CA 92718
9775 TOLEDO WAY
0K6N4 PARADIGM TECHNOLOGY INC 71 VISTA MONTANA SAN JOSE, CA 95134
0LUA3 PHILIPS COMPONENTS 100 PROVIDENCE PIKE SLATERSVILLE, RI 02876
1CH66 PHILIPS SEMICONDUCTORS 811 E ARQUES AVE SUNNYVALE, CA 94086–3409
PO BOX 3409
1ES66 MAXIM INTEGRATED PRODUCTS INC 120 SAN GABRIEL DR SUNNYVALE, CA 94086
12697 CLAROSTAT SENSORS & CONTROLS INC 12055 ROJAS DR EL PASO, TX 79936
SUITE K
12969 MICROSEMI CORP WATERTOWN DIVISION WATERTWON, MA 02172
530 PLEASANT STREET
13103 THERMALLOY INC 2021 W. VALLEY VIEW LN DALLAS, TX 75381–5381
PO BOX 810839
13919 BURR–BROWN CORPORATION CORP OFFICE TUCSON, AZ 85706
6730 S TUCSON BLVD
PO BOX 11400
14301 ANDERSON ELECTRONICS INC PO BOX 89 HOLLIDAYSBURG, PA 16648–0089
14552 MICROSEMI CORP 2830 S FAIRVIEW SANTA ANA, CA 92704–5948
15454 KETEMA INC RODAN DIVISION ANAHEIM, CA 92806–2591
2900 BLUE STAR ST
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–3
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Mfr.
code Manufacturer Address City, state, zip code
17554 AVX/KYOCERA CORP 69 LANDRY ST BIDDEFORD, ME 04005–4319
AIRPORT INDUSTRIAL PK
17856 TEMIC NORTH AMERICA (SILICONIX & MATRA MHS) SANTA CLARA, CA 95954–1516
2201 LAURELWOOD RD
18796 MURATA ELECTRONICS N AMERICA 1900 WEST COLLEGE AVE. STATE COLLEGE, PA 16801–2723
22526 BERG ELECTRONICS INC 857 OLD TRAIL ROAD ETTERS, PA 17319
24165 SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO 267 LOWELL ROAD HUDSON, NH 03051
24226 GOWANDA ELECTRONICS CORP 1 INDUSTRIAL PLACE GOWANDA, NY 14070–1409
24355 ANALOG DEVICES 1 TECHNOLOGY DRIVE NORWOOD, MA 02062
24546 DALE ELECTRONICS INC 550 HIGH ST BRADFORD, PA 16701
24931 BERG ELECTRONICS INC BERG ELECTRONICS RF/COAXIAL DIV FRANKLIN, IN 46131
2100 EARLYWOOD DR
PO BOX 547
26364 COMPONENTS CORPORATION 6 KINSEY PLACE DENVILLE, NJ 07834
26769 PHILIPS COMPONENTS CHIP TANTALUM FACILITY WEST PALM BEACH, FL 33407–2330
5900 AUSTRALIAN AVE
27014 NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP 2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR SANTA CLARA, CA 95051–0606
PO BOX 58090 MS 30–115
29454 JOHANSON DIELECTRICS INC 15191 BLEDSOE STREET SYLMAR, CA 91342
32997 BOURNS INC TRIMPOT DIVISION RIVERSIDE, CA 92507–2114
1200 COLUMBIA AVE
34335 ADVANCED MICRO DEVICES INC ONE AMD PLACE SUNNYVALE, CA 94088–3453
PO BOX 3453
34371 HARRIS SEMICONDUCTORS SEMICONDUCTOR SECTOR MELBOURNE, FL 32902–0883
MS 58–71
PO BOX 883
37942 NORTH AMERICAN CAPACITOR CO INDIANAPOLIS ROAD, HWY 240 GREEN CASTLE, IN 46135
PO BOX 240
37964 GENNUM CORPORATION STATION A BURLINGTON, CA A7R3Y3
PO BOX 489
48726 UNITRODE INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 7 CONTINENTAL BLVD MERRIMACK, MN 03054
50139 ALLEN–BRADLEY COMPANY INC ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS DIVISION EL PASO, TX 79936
1414 ALLEN BRADLEY DRIVE
50434 HEWLETT PACKARD 370 W TRIMBLE ROAD SAN JOSE, CA 95131–1008
51406 MURATA ELECTRONICS N AMERICA 2200 LAKE PARK DR SMYRNA, GA 30080
52769 SPRAGUE–GOODMAN ELECT INC 1700 SHAMES DRIVE WESTBURY, NY 11590
53387 3M COMPANY ELECTRONICS PRODUCTS DIV AUSTIN, TX 78769–2963
3M AUSTIN CENTER
54893 HEWLETT PACKARD 350 W TRIMBLE SAN JOSE, CA 95131–1008
55335 JKL COMPONENTS 13343 PAXTON ST PACOIMA, CA 91331
55680 NICHICON (AMERICA) CORP 927 E STATE PARKWAY SCHAUMBURG, IL 60195–4526
56845 DALE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS 2300 RIVERSIDE BLVD NORFOLK, NE 68701
PO BOX 74
8–4 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Mfr.
code Manufacturer Address City, state, zip code
57668 ROHM CORPORATION 15375 BARRANCA PARKWAY IRVINE, CA 92718
SUITE B207
57924 BOURNS INC INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGY DIV. LOGAN, UT 84321
1400 NORTH 1000 WEST
58050 TEKA INTERCONNECTION SYSTEMS 45 SALEM ST PROVIDENCE, RI 02907
59124 KOA SPEER ELECTRONICS INC BOLIVAR DRIVE BRADFORD, PA 16701
PO BOX 547
59660 TUSONIX INC 7741 N BUSINESS PARK DR TUCSON, AZ 85740–7144
PO BOX 37144
60705 CERA–MITE CORP CORPORATE OFFICE GRAFTON, WI 53024
1327 6TH AVE
61058 MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC CORP OF AMERICA PANASONIC INDUSTRIAL CO DIV SECAUCUS, NJ 07094
TWO PANASONIC WAY
61429 FOX ELECTRONICS DIV OF FOX ENTERPRIXED INC FORT MEYERS, FL 33905
5842 CORPORATION CIRCLE
61529 AROMAT CORPORATION 629 CENTRAL AVENUE NEW PROVIDENCE, NJ 07974
62104 CALIFORNIA EASTERN LABS INC 4590 PATRICK HENRY DR SANTA CLARA, CA 95054–3309
62643 UNITED CHEMI–CON INC 9801 W HIGGINS RD ROSEMONT, IL 60018–4771
62703 MICRO QUALITY SEMICONDUCTOR 1000 N SHILOH RD GARLAND, TX 75040
PO BOX 6676
62839 COMLINEAR 4800 WHEATON DR FT COLLINS, CO 80525
PO BOX 20600
64762 ELANTEC INC 1996 TAROB COURT MILPITAS, CA 95035–6824
66958 SGS THOMSON MICROELECTRONICS INC 1000 E BELL ROAD PHOENIX, AZ 85022–2649
68994 XILINX INC 2100 LOGIC DR SAN JOSE, CA 95124
71400 BUSSMANN DIVISION COOPER INDUSTRIES INC ST LOUIS, MO 63178
PO BOX 14460
75498 MULTICOMP INC 3005 SW 154TH TERRACE BEAVERTON, OR 97006
SUITE #3
80009 TEKTRONIX INC 14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR BEAVERTON, OR 97077–0001
PO BOX 500
84411 AMERICAN SHIZUKI CORP 301 WEST O STREET OGALLALA, NE 69153–1844
91637 DALE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS 1122 23RD ST COLUMBUS, NE 68601
95263 LIGHTING COMPONENTS & DESIGN INC 692 S MILITARY TRAIL DEERFIELD BEACH, FL 33442
98739 AT&T TECHNOLOGIES INC 555 UNION BLVD ALLENTOWN, PA 18103–1229
98978 INTERNATIONAL ELECTRONIC RESEARCH 135 W MAGNOLIA BLVD BURBANK, CA 91502
CORP
TK0198 HAMILTON HALLMARK 9750 SW NIMBUS AVE BEAVERTON, OR 97005
TK0515 EVOX/RIFA INC 300 TRI–STATE INTERNATIONAL LINCOLNSHIRE, IL 60069
SUITE 375
TK1913 WIMA DIV OF INTER–TECHNICAL GROUP INC ELMSFORD, NY 10523–0535
175 CLEARBROOK RD
PO BOX 535
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–5
Replaceable Electrical Parts
Mfr.
code Manufacturer Address City, state, zip code
TK1947 NORTHWEST ETCH TECHNOLOGY 2601 S HOOD ST TACOMA, WA 98411–0610
PO BOX 110610
TK2058 TDK CORPORATION OF AMERICA 1600 FEEHANVILLE DRIVE MOUNT PROSPECT, IL 60056
TK2073 TOKYO COSMOS AMERICA INC 1177 E TOWER ROAD SCHAUMBURG, IL 60173
TK2441 INTERNATIONAL MICROELECTRONIC 2830 NORTH 1ST ST SAN JOSE, CA 95134
PRODUCTS
TK2469 UNITREK CORPORATION 3000 LEWIS & CLARK HWY VANCOUVER, WA 98661
SUITE 2
TK2519 ALLIANCE SEMICONDUCTOR CORP 3099 N FIRST ST SAN JOSE, CA 95134–2006
TK2598 MAXIM – ASICS 14150 SW KARL BRAUN DRIVE BEAVERTON, OR 97077
M/S 59–420
8–6 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–7
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–8 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–9
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–10 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–11
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–12 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–13
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–14 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–15
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–16 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–17
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–18 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–19
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–20 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–21
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–22 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–23
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–24 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–25
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–26 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–27
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–28 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–29
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–30 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–31
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–32 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–33
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–34 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–35
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–36 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–37
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–38 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–39
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–40 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–41
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–42 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–43
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–44 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–45
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–46 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–47
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–48 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–49
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–50 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–51
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–52 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–53
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–54 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–55
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–56 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–57
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–58 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–59
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–60 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–61
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–62 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–63
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–64 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–65
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–66 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–67
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–68 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–69
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–70 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–71
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–72 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–73
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–74 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–75
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–76 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–77
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–78 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–79
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–80 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–81
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–82 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–83
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–84 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–85
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–86 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–87
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–88 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–89
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–90 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–91
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–92 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–93
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–94 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–95
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–96 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Electrical Parts
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 8–97
Replaceable Electrical Parts
8–98 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Diagrams and Circuit Board Illustrations Graphic Items and Special Symbols Used in This Manual
Each assembly in the instrument is assigned an assembly number (for example A5). The
assembly number appears in the title on the diagram, in the lookup table for the schematic
This section contains the block diagrams, circuit board illustrations, component locator diagram, and corresponding component locator illustration. The Replaceable Electrical
tables, and schematic diagrams. The block diagrams support the Theory of Operation in Parts list is arranged by assembly in numerical sequence; the components are listed by
section 3. The block diagrams include references to the schematic diagrams as numbers component number.
within diamond shapes. The referenced schematics shows detail for the circuit blocks.
The circuit board information is organized by circuit board number. The information for Locator Grid 1 2 3 4
Function Block Title Power Termination
each circuit board follows the pattern: circuit board illustration, component locator table,
Internal Screw Component on back of board
and schematic diagram. Adjustment A Strap
Onboard Jumper
Panel Control
Digital Ground
Refer to Assembly
Symbols & Diagram Number Female Coaxial
Connector
Offboard Connector
Graphic symbols and class designation letters are based on ANSI Standard Y32.2-1975. B
Active Low Signal Heat Sink
Abbreviations are based on ANSI Y1.1-1972. Decoupled Voltage
Signal From
Another Diagram,
Diagram Number
Logic symbology is based on ANSI/IEEE Standard 91-1984 in terms of positive logic. Same Board
Assembly Number
Logic symbols depict the logic function performed and can differ from the manufacturer’s Diagram Name
data.
The forward slash (/) preceding a signal name indicates that the signal performs its Component Locator Diagrams
intended function when in the low state.
The schematic diagram and circuit board component location illustrations have grids
Other standards used in the preparation of diagrams by Tektronix, Inc., include the marked on them. The component lookup tables refer to these grids to help you locate a
following: component. The circuit board illustration appears only once; its lookup table lists the
diagram number of all diagrams on which the circuitry appears.
H Tektronix Standard 062-2476 Symbols and Practices for Schematic Drafting
Some of the circuit board component location illustrations are expanded and divided into
H ANSI Y14.159-1971 Interconnection Diagrams
several parts to make it easier for you to locate small components. To determine which part
H ANSI Y32.16-1975 Reference Designations for Electronic Equipment of the whole locator diagram you are looking at, refer to the small locator key shown
below. The gray block, within the larger circuit board outline, shows where that part fits in
H MIL-HDBK-63038-1A Military Standard Technical Manual Writing Handbook the whole locator diagram. Each part in the key is labeled with an identifying letter that
appears in the figure titles under component locator diagrams.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 9–1
9–2 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Address Data
SER A bus bus 10 10 13
Filter
to/from to/from
CAL timing selection
mProcessor mProcessor Y HB Y Recon
from from
(3) (3) Delay filter DAC filter
Line rate Line rate
Y sync 13.5 MHz controller (3) controller (3) 17
8
1 8 17
27 MHz V POS
2
Parallel 13 CAL Level Square from DAC (3)
Input Serial Data Video
11 Y PB PR from wave
Switching Serial HB PB Recon to DACS (3) cal
Receiver Serial Clock Deserializer Vert gain
filter DAC filter Component
(2) from DAC (3)
27 MHz 6.75 MHz
Coprocessor Vert readout from V MAG
15 13.5 MHz
mProcessor (3) from Line rate
13
ATT sync Sync Comp sync 11
Lightning Y from Filter controller (3) Vert
SER B filter HB PR Recon Component (2) select amp
CH A filter DAC filter mux
from Vert readout
Eye signal
Line rate Y sync select from
controller 16 13.5 MHz Flat Line rate
(3) 16 controller (3)
R Luminance
Int/Ext Ref video to From
Phase locked G
1 ref Line rate controller Component AUX in
loop & clock B Input Lpass Diff step Diff step
SERIAL MUX sync separator (3) 27 MHz display
regenerator Y mux filter filter
OUT Reclocked switching
serial output Int/Ext PB 16
(2)
from 9 PR
Serial static Int video
outputs (3)
3 Input sel
from Line rate Horiz readout
EXT controller (3) Option
REF 1 Offset from mProcessor (3) blnkng (3)
phase 18 WFM horiz pos
locked Sweep 3x rate from DAC (3) External
Line/field rate
FH from oscillator blnkng (3)
Sweep speed sweep
Line rate controller (3) Horiz gain
from DACS (3) generators
from DAC (3) GBR
6.75 MHz Horiz intens (2)
K1 15 amplif
EQ 4 Retrace Horiz
Eye pattern signal Horiz magnifier Vector
Flat from Line rate
sampler mux from Line rate intens (3)
controller (3) Blanking
controller (3) logic
5 Waveform
JITTER Lightning X
Jitter Horiz readout intens (3)
OUT from Component (2)
demodulator select from Line
7 2 rate controller (3) Readout
Ext horiz
intens (3)
6 Peak from
detectors MISO Remote (3) PIX Contrast
Signal A/D To mProcessor (3) from DAC (3) PIX
level meter 18 intensity
18
1 Schematic diagram number AUX EYE Horizontal Line select
Located on
Control line OUTPUT signal selection strobe (3) 24
Serial
board 75W from
Signal flow
Line rate controller From Line
(2) or (3) Block diagram number (3) rate controller
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 9–3
Y
PB
PR
To Input
G multiplexer (1)
B
Gamut blank
from R
Coprocessor
14
(3) PIX out
amplifiers
14 1
Y/Blank Y PB PR
Y 14 Y/G
From PB/Blank Color difference to Bypass
Reconstruction PB PB/B
GBR transcoder switching
filters (1)
PR/Blank PR/R
PR Gamut ERR strobe
14 RGB gamut
12 limit 14
comparator
Serial bus from D/A + and – Limits
RGB gamut ERR
µProcessor (3) (DAC)
to Coprocessor (1)
Bypass
Gamut off from Gamut
Coprocessor (1) INH
Switch
control
Parallel bus from buffers
Coprocessor (3) Low pass ARROW Y
filter
12
14 CMPST + LIM CMPST CMPST ERR strobe
Y+C limit CMPST ERR to
comparator Coprocessor
14 (1)
14
Low pass ARROW C
Mag C
filter BOWTIE ARROW LTNG
G B R
15
15
GBR to diamond
transcoder SW1 — SW11 Lighting Y to
15 Switching Vertical
multiplexer (1)
10 Schematic diagram number + Low pass
Control line filter
–
Signal flow Component 15
display ARROW
(1) or (3) Block diagram number Y
PB switching Lighting X to
Low pass Horizontal signal
PR
filter multiplexer (1)
15
9–4 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
20 Synchronous
First in first F data Synchronous switching to Vertical,
out memory
outputs horizontal, readout,
(FIFO)
Z-axis, & DACS (1)(2)
19 19
20
19 19 19 20
Data Buffered data (BD)
Data
20
buffer
19 21
Sync
Non-volatile Vertical separator
Random
23 Read only random Readout readout
access Flash Line rate
memory access state
memory EPROM controller
(ROM) memory machine Horizontal
Microprocessor 19 (RAM) Reference
TX RX RS232 TXD (NVRAM) readout
RS232 Driver RXD video from
Address Vertical (1)
Address FH to Offset
buffer phase locked
Buffered address
oscillator (1)
(BA)
SCK BSCK Digital to Gains, levels, and
analog positioning to Vertical,
MOSI Serial BMOSI converter horizontal, readout &
buffer (DAC) Z-axis (1)(2)
BMISO MISO
PCS 22
22 19
Serial CS/EN 22
interface
Asynchronous
Serial static
CS/EN CS/EN switching to
outputs
Vertical (1)
23
Remote
serial/parallel
register Remote CS
Remote
Line select
Front panel
Front panel
switches,
serial/parallel
controls, &
register
LED
25 25
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 9–5
Table 1–1: A4 Input board component locator
CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD
NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION
C2 1 C2 A2 P4 1 B4 A4 R14 1 D4 A3
C3 1 D2 A2 P7 1 B5 B3 R15 1 D3 A3
C4 1 B4 A3 P8 1 B5 B3 R16 1 C3 A4
C5 1 C4 A3 P9 1 B2 C3 R17 1 C2 B2
C6 1 E2 A3 P10 1 B2 D3 R18 1 E3 B2
C7 1 D3 A3 P11 1 B1 D1 R19 1 D3 B2
C8 1 C4 A3 P12 1 B1 E1 R20 1 E2 B2
C9 1 E2 A2 P13 1 B1 E2 R21 1 F2 B2
C10 1 D2 B2 P14 1 B1 E2 R22 1 F3 B2
C11 1 F3 B2 P15 1 B1 E3 R23 1 F3 B2
C12 1 E2 B2 P16 1 B1 E3 R24 1 E2 B2
C13 1 F3 B2 P17 1 B4 C3 R25 1 F2 B2
C14 1 E3 A3 P18 1 B4 C3 R26 1 F2 B2
C15 1 F2 B3 R27 1 F2 B2
C16 1 E3 B3 Q1 1 C2 A2 R28 1 D4 B3
C17 1 E5 C2 Q2 1 D3 A2 R29 1 E3 B3
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE C18 1 G3 C2 Q3 1 C4 A3 R30 1 E3 B3
C19 1 G3 C2 Q4 1 D4 A3 R31 1 D4 B3
Q5 1 E3 A3 R32 1 C4 B3
CR1 1 C3 A2 Q6 1 F2 B2 R33 1 B5 B3
A23 A2 R1234
CR2 1 D3 A2 Q7 1 E3 B3 R34 1 E3 B3
CR3 1 C2 A2 Q8 1 B5 B3 R35 1 B5 B3
CR4 1 C4 A3 Q9 1 F2 C2 R36 1 D4 B3
CR5 1 C4 A3 Q10 1 F3 C2 R37 1 E3 B3
" !
#
CR6 1 D4 A3 Q11 1 G3 C2 R38 1 E3 B3
CR7 1 B5 B4 R39 1 C5 B3
CR8 1 B5 B4 R1 1 B2 A2 R40 1 B5 B4
R2 1 C3 A2 R41 1 F2 C2
J1 1 H2 A2 R3 1 B2 A2 R42 1 F3 C2
J2 1 H2 B1 R4 1 B2 A2 R43 1 F3 C2
A4 Input Board J3 1 H3 C1 R5 1 C3 A2 R44 1 G3 C2
J4 1 H2 C1 R6 1 E2 A2 R45 1 G3 C2
J5 1 H1 E1 R7 1 C3 A2 R46 1 G3 C2
R8 1 D2 A2 R47 1 E2 B3
L1 1 D3 B2 R9 1 B4 A3 R48 1 F3 B2
L2 1 D4 B3 R10 1 C4 A3
R11 1 B4 A3 U1 1 D5 C2
P1 1 B3 A2 R12 1 C4 A3
P2 1 B2 A2 R13 1 B4 A3
P3 1 B4 A3
J1 1 A2 E1 J11 1 A4 C4 P11 1 B1 A1
J2 1 A3 E2 P12 1 B1 A1
J3 1 A4 E3 P1 1 B3 E2 P13 1 B1 A2
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
J4 1 A4 E4 P2 1 B2 E2 P14 1 B1 A2
J5 1 A5 C3 P3 1 B4 E3 P15 1 B1 A3
J6 1 A5 C4 P4 1 B4 E4 P16 1 B1 A3
A23 A2 R1234
J7 1 A2 B4 P7 1 B5 D3 P17 1 B4 C3
J8 1 A1 A1 P8 1 B5 C3 P18 1 B5 C3
J9 1 A1 A2 P9 1 B2 B3
" ! J10 1 A1 A3 P10 1 B2 B3
#
A4A1 BNC Board
9–6 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
MON OUT
J8 P11 P11
J5
Y/G Y/G
1
1A
Ĕ P12 P12 Y/G 2 1B
GND2
3 J5
2A CONNECTS
4 TO J84
2B
J9 P13 P13
PB /B Pb/B Pb/B 5
3A 14
6
P14 3B A7
Ĕ P14
GND2 7 COMPONENT
4A
BOARD
8
4B
J10 P15 P15 Pr/R 9
5A
PR /R Pr/R
10
5B
Ĕ P16 P16
GND2
J4
CONNECTS
TO J4
J7 P10 P10 75 OHM MICROSTRIP J4
SERIAL SERIAL OUT
2
R26 R41
3.32K R25 3.32K J1
+8V R20 R47 1.00K CONNECTS
274 274 TO J2
R21 R27 J1
C9 100 100 SERIAL IN
1UF Q6 6
R17
100 C3
CIRCUIT BOARD .1UF C12 Q9 A5
CAPACITOR 1UF SERIAL
REAR PANEL R6 BOARD
75.0 C6
3 1UF
CR3 C2 C10
.1UF .1UF
R4
2 1 J2
R24 CONNECTS
C1 R3 +8V 75.0 C15 TO J6
J1 P2 P2 1UF 150 1UF 75 OHM MICROSTRIP J2
Q1 FLAT INPUT
4
R8 C13
R1 R2 CR1 1.50K CR2 R15 R22 R23 10UF A5
4.75K 75.0 47.5 47.5 100 SERIAL
Ĕ P1 P1 +8V BOARD
SER A GND1
Q5
R29
Q7
56.2 C11
INPUTS R5 .1UF R48
392 10.0K +8V R44
1.00K
J2 C14 R30 R34
4PF 100 100
-8V R42 J3
R7 6.81K R46 10
5B
100 Q10 100
/CH_A' 9
5A
R37
C16 Q11 8 J3
100 -8V 4B
-8V .1UF R43 R45 CONNECTS
1.50K 10.0K C18 7 TO J1
4A
1UF
6
3B 2
NOT INSTALLED R38
10.0 5
Ĕ 3A A5
NOTE: +8V 4 SERIAL
GND1 & GND2 2B BOARD
R19
REAR PANEL ARE SEPERATE 100 -8V 3
GROUND PLANES. +8V 2A
Q2 2
R16 C19 1B
100 C7 1UF
CIRCUIT BOARD .1UF R18 1
CAPACITOR 1A
10.0K
3 L1
100NH
CR5 -8V
R13 2 1 -5V
C5 C8
.1UF .1UF
C4 R11 +8V
J3 P3 P3 1UF 150
Q3
R14
R9 R10 CR4 1.50K CR6
4.75K 75.0
P4 P4
SER B Ĕ
GND1
J4
R31 -8V
R32 100
100 Q4
J11 P17 P17
JITTER_OUT R36
JITTER OUT -8V 10.0K
R40
J6 1.50K -5V
JITTER_OUT
R39
75.0
3 EXT_REF EXT_REF
CR7
EXT Ĕ P8 P8
GND1
REF U1
2 1 79L05
INPUTS 2
IN GND
5
R35
J5 P7 P7 332 3
Q8 IN
6
IN
R33 7 1
-8V IN OUT -5V
18.2K
3
C17
1UF
CR8
2 1
Table 1–3: WFM 601M A5 Serial board (front) component locator A23 A2 R1234
CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD
NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION
9–8 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Table 1–3: WFM 601M A5 Serial board (front) component locator (cont.)
CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD
NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 9–9
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Figure 1–6: A5 Serial board (back)
A23 A2 R1234
9–10 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
+5V +5V +5V +5V +5V
J4
CONNECTS
U2 C12 R28 TO J4
GS9008 1UF J4
68.1
7 1
SIN SOUT 1
R22
150
6 2 R20 R23 A4
SIN SOUT INPUT
3 150 1.00K
SERIAL RECEIVER VSET
4
BOARD
13A 25 QB 1 JFILT_0 1
2
I0/CLK F0 12
13
/100KHZ EYE PATTERN AMPLIFIER CR7
BSCK JFILT_1 I1 F1
13B 26 R225 11 SCLK QC 2 3 I2 F2 14
1.00K 4 15 C45 +5V
/CH_A EQ_EYE I3 F3 1UF C169
27 10 3 5 16
14A +5V SCLR QD I4 F4 9EYE/10EYE A3 .01UF
6 I5 F5 17 /10_HZ
28 4 9I/10I 7 18 D2 3
14B QE I6 F6 /100_HZ D2 J7
8 19
/VEC_CS 10/77MHZ I7 F7 CONNECTS
29 12 5 9 R72
15A RCLK QF I8 C3 C86 1 8 U15 C40 EQ OUT TO J11
11 R264 33.2 R71 C197 R263
(/VEC_EN) EFILT_0 I9/OE 1UF NE5205 1UF J7
15B 30 13 G QG 6 VCC 20 +5V 47.5 39.2 1UF 100
10 2 7 75 OHM (15 MIL)
MISO EFILT_1 GND +5V JITTER/EYE 7 4
31 7
16A QH
16
BMOSI +5V VCC 3 4 5 6 A5
32 R261 R262
16B SERIAL
8 GND QH' 9 C180 150 150
33 BSCK .1UF BOARD
17A
17B
34
MISO
A/D CONVERTER
BSCK U40
/SERADC_CS TLC540 CR16
BMOSI BMOSI 17 16 MISO
DIN DOUT
R283 SIG_LEVEL 1
AN0 U36
1.00K
2 7808ACT
+5V H4 ABSOLUTE+ AN1
R284 +11V +8V
1.00K 3 AN2
J1
H5 ABSOLUTE-
1 R285 4 C183
1A R260 7 AN3 C120
1.00K 1UF
2 EXT_REF 15.0K 5 22UF
1B R222 H2 ALIGN+ AN4
3.32K R286
3 75 OHM MICROSTRIP 1.00K 6
J1 2A AN5
L25 H3 ALIGN-
CONNECTS 4 560NH 7
TO J3 2B +8V +5V AN6
3A
5
JITTER_OUT
3.85 MHZ OSC C188
.1UF G4 5 WANDER
8
AN7
1 6 9
3B C193 AN8
A4 7 22PF 1 5 11 C184
INPUT 4A -8V AN9 C121
2 7 1UF
BOARD 8 12 22UF
4B gnd AN10
3 8
/CH_A' C194 R221 -11V -8V
5A 9 U39
220PF 6.81K C192 4 6 MAX9686 A/D_CLK 19 U37
.1UF S CLK
10 7908ACT
5B BSCK 18
I/O CLK
C196 C195 /SERADC_CS 15 +5V
CS C189
220PF 33PF -5V_MAXIM
.1UF CR17
R224 R253 13 20
REF- VCC
1.82K 10.0
VREF 14 10
+5V REF+ GND G5
R272
C123 C187 1.00K
C122 .1UF 2.5v_REF
10UF 5
47PF
VREF R273
1.00K
PART OF A5 SERIAL BOARD
19 17
R193 R194
C105 C110
47.5K 100 R195 +5V
2200PF 3300PF
+5V 301 C115
.1UF U44C
DG444
9
R199 L18 R208 2 C2
U33B 0 2 10 11
1.00K LM393 100UH 243
6 3 5 Q_13.5MHZ
7 5
5 C111 4 7
C107
R198 2200PF 3300PF R210
301 U34A 1 475
MC10H107 0
L19 R209 U44D
100UH 243 DG444
8
R196 R197 7 6
47.5K C108 C112
100 R200 2200PF 3300PF
301
R235
1.00M
+10D
/10_HZ
U44A
DG444 C116 C118
D3 C137 R237 1 .1UF .1UF R236
33UF 562 100
2 3
2 +11V +10D
-5V
+10D 13 12 +5V
4 5 C136
C138 10UF
1UF
-5V
/100_HZ
U44B
DG444
C134 R234 16
C113 2.2UF 6.81K C15 C17
2200PF 15 14 1UF U6
10UF
79L05
U32
9 EYE -11V
2
3
IN
IN
OUT
1
-5V
22V10 6
R205
22.1 2
3
I0/CLK R211 C135
OSCILLATOR 7
IN
IN GND 5 R34
182
I1 R217
4 17 2.00K .047UF 100K
I2 IO0
5 18
I3 IO1 +10D
6 19 CR15
I4 IO2
7 I5 IO3 20 R188 R212
D3 9 21 2.00K 6.81K 8 R232 C117 CR1
I6 IO4 U42B
10 23 2 10.0K 470PF R201
I7 IO5 MC34002
11 24 1 6 2.00K
2 9EYE/10EYE I8 IO6
12 25 3 7
I9 IO7
13 I10 IO8 26 C106 U42A 5
16 27 2200PF 4 MC34002
I11 IO9 R40
1 -5V L4 Y1 C18 56.2K
NC 13.49294MHZ CR2
8 1UH .001UF
NC
15 NC VCC 28
22 14 C133
NC GND 2200PF
R190 R231 R41
B3 2.00K 6.81K 100K
L12
2 FH 47UH
C20 +5V C19
R233 150PF
+5V C109
2200PF 2.00K
100PF
R114
DIVIDE BY 2
C102 R112
15UF L6 22.1 22.1
22UH SAMP
C24
.01UF D2
+5V U20A R113
R109 MC10H131
15.0K C23 475 50 OHM
7 TRANSMISSION 4
.1UF S
3 R111 LINES
R187 Q
R38 2 R50 9 22.1
10.0K 2 0 D
221 22.1 Q 4 (SAMP)
U7B 5 4 8
R110 E1
1.00K MC10H105 12 2
9EYE/10EYE CC VCC +5V
12 8 7 3 20 R51
VCC
13 R49 5 10 475
U7A R VEE C25
14 9 1 475
0 MC10H105 .1UF
R42 R43
FHX9/5 +5V 2.00K 475
U43 U20B
16V8 MC10H131
1 12 R228 R108 15
I0/CLK F0 10.0 C129 L5 Y2 C67 S
2 13 CR5 56.2K 19
I1 F1 .1UF 1UH 13.49215MHZ .001UF Q
3 14 13
I2 F2 D
4 15 18
I3 F3 C104 Q
5 I4 F4 16 R189 14 E1
6 17 1.00K 150PF C21
I5 F5 150PF
7 18 R105 C68
I6 F6 Q5 B3
8 19 100K 100PF 17
I7 F7 R
9
I8
11 I9/OE R192 3XFH_TRIG
20 2
VCC +5V 10.0K R39
10 221
GND
C191 R229 17 18
.1UF 1.00K
15 19
U7C
U41 R103 MC10H105 R104
4046 2.00K 475
R202
FH 14 2 681K
SIN PC1
13 R107
PC2
1 1.00K
PCP
15
PC3
3 CIN
C132 4 9
100PF VCO OUT VCO IN
R106
6 10 +5V 47.5
C1A DEMO
C103 R206
18.2K
10 EYE OSCILLATOR
.047UF
7 C1B
R230
11 221 C69
R1
R204 C130 .001UF
12 R2 VCC 16
47.5K 5 8 1UF
INH GND
C131
R203 33UF
121K
1 14
+11V
R213
CR6 10.0 11
7 + 8
C3 R214
2.00K
2 EQ_EYE Q4
C3
+11V 2 EYE/JITTER
-5V
CR3
R52
U10 182
78L05
W1
0 OHM +11V 8 IN OUT 1 +5VA
2 7
GND GND
C28 3 GND GND 6
C22
1UF 10UF
A
C162
.1UF
R30 F1
22.1
Q_13.5MHZ 3
R29 F1
22.1 C62
I_13.5MHZ 10PF
U4A 3
MC10H131
7 S R98
3 U5B U5C
Q 475 R97 L11 R95 R94 R92 R91
H3 9 MC10H107 MC10H107
D 68.1 3.3UH 182 100 562 56.2
4 12 14 18 15
Q B5
/CPO 8 E1 R85
2 12 CC VCC 2 +5V 9 13 19 17 C64 C63
+8V C159
75.0
20 R32 R96 390PF 390PF
VCC .1UF JITTER_OUT 2
R33 5 10 475 562 R101
R VEE
475 R36 150
475
7 1 5 R89 A1
2 75.0
6
JITTER 7
3
+5V U18
4 8 AD810
C144 R100
.1UF C60 C59 150 C160
390PF 390PF -8V .1UF
C61
10PF
+8V
R99 R86
R102 U19A 4
R182 82.5K 150K
49.9K 10.0K TL074 2
1
3 C58
1000PF
1
1
-8V
R180
100K CR14 C101
100PF R274 CR19
100K
+5V
C99
Y3 R179 330PF R275
13.5MHZ 150K 6.81K R277 D5
9 4.75K
8
WANDER 2
10
-8V +5V C201 R183 U19C
C204
33UF 100 TL074 1UF
R276
20.0K
C205
E5
150UF
C182 R177
.1UF J10
100
T2
U31A U31B
MC10H116 2 R226 6 F5
L24 C126 2 0 100 MC10H116 7
1UH 15PF 7 4 13 9 R178 5
U19B 2.5v_REF 2
100
5 3 12 8 TL074 C206
1UF
C127 C128 R227 1 1 R186
.1UF 100 4 0 100
1000PF
R255 R254
R252 R191** C202 475 475
392** 392 220PF
+8V
U19D
TL074
C163 C164 12
.1UF .1UF 14
13
-8V
**Refer to the Electrical Parts List for the values used on
previous versions of this circuit board. PART OF A5 SERIAL BOARD
+5V
E4
C147
SIGNAL LEVEL METER
.1UF
L8
1.8UH 2 10MHZ +8V
R124 2 0
2.00K 5 4
7 3 E1
C140
1 U21A .1UF
0 MC10H105 R250
499
R7 R5
475 475 L9
C3 R126 U21B 39UH C37
2.00K MC10H105 .01UF
12 8 C85 L16 C84 +5VA
2 10/77MHZ 10PF 100PF
13 270NH C5
14 9 .1UF C3 C35
470PF 1200PF
R13 R65 R245
243 U12 R63 10.0
49.9 AD606
L15 R123 C203 C36 200
270NH 75.0 R271 470PF 1200PF C38 1 8 +5DCPL
.01UF INLO LMLO
R121 R247 R278 22.1
499 49.9 49.9 16 9
77MHZ INHI LMHI
17 18 L3 R64 11.0K
C31 3
39UH
.022UF ISUM FIL2 11 E3
C145
15 19 8 7 6 5 .1UF
U1 4 ILOG FIL1 12
R246
U21C HFA3101
R125 200 5
C83 MC10H105 R251 C33 BFIN C39
2.00K 100PF 499 .01UF 13 .1UF
VPOS
6 VLOG PRUP 14
R127 10 7 C146 C148
LADJ OPCM
1.00K C32 2 .1UF .1UF
COMM
.022UF 15
COMM
1 2 3 4
C165 C166
.1UF 1000PF
R3 R2 R6
J2 R4 39.2 39.2 22.1
CONNECTS 22.1
TO J1 R10 C2 C1
J2 560PF 220PF
100
SERIAL IN B_GND
1 R1 A2
681 C139
A4 R8 L1 L2 R12 .1UF
INPUT SIGNAL_LEVEL 2
B_GND 100 1.2UH 3.3UH 75.0
BOARD
B_GND
-8V
B_GND B_GND B_GND B_GND
BUFFER AMPLIFIER
+11V
E2
C141
.1UF
R241
R239 274 C6 C1
3.92K .1UF
75 OHM STRIPLINE
SERIAL DIGITAL 2 2
R267
R240 8.25K
47.5
Q2
C200 R266
.1UF 3.32K
R11 C4
75.0 .1UF
Q1
R238
1.00K
R9
10.0
2 JITTER/EYE C94
+5V .1UF
C173
R166 .1UF
R165 681
681 1 R156 R157
R169 L20 B2 1 4 2.74K 100K
75.0 560NH 8 1
-5V_MAXIM
EYE_OR_JITTER 2 7 2
R147
DISPLAY SWITCH C124
47PF
C125
220PF 6 3 U24A
MAX912
10.0K
C172
.1UF
75 OHM MICRO STRIP -5V_MAXIM
(15 MIL) +5V Av = 4.6
CR9 U22C
H2 TL074
7 1 5 U25
3 AD810
4 EYE_SIG E4
6
2 10
R168 8
4 8 ABSOLUTE+ 2
75.0 9
-5V_MAXIM R146 C90
1.00M 1UF
C3 R138 R137
27.4 332
2 EYE/JITTER
–5V SUPPLY
CR8 Av = 4.6
+5V
U38B
C181 MC34002 E4
C98 U22D
C174 C175 1UF U30 10UF R223 5
79L05 12 TL074 7
.1UF .1UF 10.0K ABSOLUTE-
2 1 14 6 2
-11V IN OUT -5V_MAXIM
3 13
IN
-5V_MAXIM 6 IN R141 C87
7 IN GND 5 1.00M 1UF R220
R133 R129 10.0K
27.4 332
CR13
R130
100
9–22 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
+5V +5V +5V +5V +5V
J4
CONNECTS
U2 C12 R28 TO J4
GS9008 1UF J4
68.1
7 1
SIN SOUT 1
R22
150
6 2 R20 R23 A4
SIN SOUT
3 150 1.00K INPUT
SERIAL RECEIVER VSET
4
BOARD
VREF
R256 R257 R259 R258
392 392 332 332 8
U14 VCC +5V
5
E4 GS9005A GND
R16 C142
5 25 .1UF
R69 +5V DDI SDO
3 10.0 R17
75.0 C41 6 24 R21
47PF DDI SDO
R73 10K
8 23 10.0 C10
SERIAL DIGITAL 2 SDI SCO
R75 .1UF
FROM BUFFER AMP 9 22 10.0
SDI SCO
10.0 J3
C42 20
SS0 +5V
47PF 1 1
+5V A/D R248 1A
21
C8 SS1 0 OHM SDO
C9 10 2
10UF F2EN 1B
.1UF 28 C48
SS
2 2200PF +5V +5V /SDO 3
+5V AGCCAP 2A J3
19
CD CONNECTS
12 4
J12 LOOPFLT 2B
16 NOT INSTALLED C156 C155 TO J1
OEM
1 .1UF .1UF SCO 5
1A 3A
C44 4
VCC1 +5V +5V +5V 8
2 15PF 7 /SCO 6
1B VCC2 3B
18
VCC3
3 R70 13 26 7 A8
2A RVCO0 VCC4 4A
1.00K 14 3 DAC
RVCO1 VEE1 R83 U16
4 C43 15 27 R77 SYNC WARNING FLAG 8 BOARD
2B RVCO2 VEE2 100K GS9010A 4B
10PF 17 11 475K
RVCO3 VEE3
5 1 2 9
3A P/N OUT 5A
6 EXT_REF 5 13 HSYNC 10
3B LF HSYNC 5B
7 14 3 C53 R82
4A C49 CD IN- 1.00K
.01UF 10PF
8 C55 6 9 C47
4B 1UF F/2 FVCAP +5V 2.2UF
9 11 C56
5A +5V OSC
.1UF
10 4 16
5B COMP STDT
R268 15
VCC1
11 L21 2.74K P13 C50 10 7
6A DELAY VCC2 +5V
47UH R269 3300PF 8 12 C46
SWC GND
12 10K C54 2.2UF
6B +5V J13
TEST .1UF R78
13 C190 TWEEK 10.0K
7A
1UF R80 1 2 3 R76
14 L23 1.50K 1.50K
7B
220UH
J12 15
8A +11V
CONNECTS
TO J9 16 L22 R79 C51
8B
220UH 3.92K .1UF
17
20 9A
18
-11V SIGNAL +5V
9B
A3
MAIN
10A
19
PRESENT 0V = SIGNAL PRESENT
5V = NO SIGNAL
BOARD R19
10B
20 DETECTOR 10.0K R18
0 OHM
21 NO_SIGNAL
11A
22 C11
11B R74
.1UF
22.1K Q3
23
12A
24
12B
25
13A
26 R225
13B
1.00K
27 /CH_A
14A
28
14B
29
15A
30 (/VEC_EN)
15B
31 MISO +5V
16A
32 BMOSI
16B
C180
33 BSCK .1UF
17A
34
A/D CONVERTER
17B
MISO
BSCK U40
/SERADC_CS TLC540 CR16
BMOSI BMOSI 17 16 MISO
DIN DOUT
1
AN0 U36
+5V
3.8 MHZ OSC 2
AN1
7808ACT
+11V +8V
3
J1 AN2
1 4 C183
1A R260 AN3 C120
1UF
2 EXT_REF 15.0K 5 22UF
1B R222 AN4
3.32K
3 6
2A AN5
J1
CONNECTS
TO J3
2B
4
+8V
–5V SUPPLY +5V
7
AN6
5 C188 8
3A .1UF AN7
1
6 9
3B AN8
A4 7 C181 C98 1 5 11 C184
4A -8V U30 AN9 C121
INPUT 1UF 10UF 2 7 1UF
BOARD 8 79L05 12 22UF
4B gnd AN10
2 1 3 8
-11V IN OUT -5V_MAXIM R221 -11V -8V
9 /CH_A' 3 U39
5A IN 6.81K C192
6 4 6 MAX9686 A/D_CLK 19 U37
IN .1UF S CLK
10 7 5 7908ACT
5B IN GND
BSCK 18
I/O CLK
/SERADC_CS 15 +5V
CS C189
-5V_MAXIM
.1UF CR17
CR13 R224 R253 13 20
+5V REF- VCC
1.82K 10.0
VREF 14 10
+5V REF+ GND
C174 C175 C187
C123
.1UF .1UF C122 .1UF
10UF
47PF
VREF
-5V_MAXIM
A5 SERIAL BOARD
E2
C141
.1UF
R241
R239 274 C6 C1
3.92K .1UF
75 OHM STRIPLINE
SERIAL DIGITAL 2 2
R267
R240 8.25K
47.5
Q2
J2 C200 R266
CONNECTS .1UF 3.32K
TO J1 R11 C4
J2 .1UF
75.0
SERIAL IN Q1
1
A4 R238
INPUT B_GND 1.00K
BOARD
B_GND R9
10.0
R10 C2 C1
100 560PF 220PF
R8 L1 L2 R12
100 1.2UH 3.3UH 75.0
A5 SERIAL BOARD
*Refer to Figure 1–5 on page 9–8 and Figure 1–6 on page 9–10 for the front
and rear A5 Serial board illustrations, respectively. The board illustrations show
the location of components for the three waveform monitors.
9–26 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Table 1–8: WFM 601E A5 Serial board (back) component locator*
CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD
NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 9–27
9–28 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
+5V +5V +5V +5V +5V
C207
150UF
C151
.1UF
C152
.1UF
C153
.1UF
C154
.1UF COAX CABLE DRIVER C13
1PF
J4
CONNECTS
U2 C12 R28 TO J4
GS9008 1UF J4
68.1
7 1
SIN SOUT 1
R22
150
6 2 R20 R23 A4
SIN SOUT
SERIAL RECEIVER VSET
3
4
150 1.00K INPUT
BOARD
VREF
75 OHM STRIPLINE R256 R257 R259 R258
392 392 332 332 8
U14 VCC +5V
5
E4 GS9005A GND
R16 C142
SIGNAL LEVEL AMP 5
R69
75.0 C41
+5V
5
6
DDI SDO
25
24 10.0 R17
.1UF
4B
8
.01UF
C55
1UF
6
F/2 FVCAP
9
+5V
C47
2.2UF
R270
182
DIVIDE BY 10 10PF 1.00K
9 G4 11 C56
5A +5V OSC U3
.1UF
10 75 OHM (15 MIL) 4 16 MC12013 R24
5B EYE_SIG 4 COMP STDT 2.00K
R268 15 17 9 R25
VCC1 MECLE1 MTTLOUT
11 L21 2.74K P13 C50 10 7 C14 15 22.1
6A DELAY VCC2 +5V MECLE2
47UH R269 3300PF 8 12 C46 .1UF 14 3
SWC GND MECLE3 Q CPO E4
12 10K C54 2.2UF 13
6B +5V J13 MTTLE4 5
TEST .1UF R78 12 4
+5V MTTLE5 Q /CPO E5
13 C190 TWEEK 10.0K
7A R81
1UF R80 1 2 3 R76 7
+ 22.1
14 L23 1.50K 1.50K 19 R26
7B F2 G4 CLK 85 OHM
5 2.00K
J12
8A
15
220UH
+11V
DIGITAL INTERFACE - (8,15 MIL)
CONNECTS 8 +5V MICRO STRIPS
EYE 4 4 MTTLVCC
TO J9 16 L22 R79 C51 20
8B VCC
220UH 3.92K .1UF R27 2
C4 VCCO
17 1.00K 18
20 9A -11V VBB
9B
18 3XFH_TRIG
3XFH_TRIG 3
B1
SIGNAL +5V
VEE
10 C143
.1UF
A3
MAIN
10A
19
EQ_EYE 4
PRESENT 0V = SIGNAL PRESENT
5V = NO SIGNAL
DETECTOR
BOARD R19
20 A3 10.0K R18 C52
10B B2 0 OHM .1UF
21 NO_SIGNAL
11A FH 3
10/77MHZ 5 C11
22 FH R74
11B .1UF
22.1K Q3
23 U29
12A 74HC595
24 BMOSI 14 15 EYE/JITTER U28 +8V
12B SER QA
13A
25
QB
1 JFILT_0
2
1
16V8-15
I0/CLK F0
12
13
EYE PATTERN AMPLIFIER CR7
I1 F1
26 R225 BSCK 11 2 JFILT_1 3 14
13B SCLK QC I2 F2 C45 +5V
1.00K 4 15
/CH_A EQ_EYE I3 F3 1UF C169
27 10 3 5 16
14A +5V SCLR QD I4 F4 9EYE/10EYE A3 .01UF
6 17
I5 F5 /10_HZ D2 3
28 4 9I/10I 7 18
14B QE I6 F6 /100_HZ D2
8 19 J7
I7 F7
29 /VEC_CS 12 5 10/77MHZ 9 R72 CONNECTS
15A RCLK QF I8 C86 U15 C40
11 R264 33.2 R71 C197 R263 1 8 EQ OUT TO J11
I9/OE 1UF NE5205 1UF J7
30 (/VEC_EN) 13 6 EFILT_0 20 47.5 39.2 1UF 100
15B G QG VCC +5V
10 2 7 75 OHM (15 MIL)
GND 4
31 MISO 7 EFILT_1 +5V
16A QH
16
BMOSI +5V VCC A5
32 R261 R262 3 4 5 6
16B
8 9 C180 150 150 SERIAL
GND QH'
33 BSCK .1UF BOARD
17A
17B
34
MISO
A/D CONVERTER
BSCK U40
/SERADC_CS TLC540 CR16
BMOSI BMOSI 17 16 MISO
DIN DOUT
SIG_LEVEL 1
AN0 U36
2 7808ACT
AN1
+5V
+11V +8V
J1
1
3.85 MHZ OSC 3
4
AN2
C183
1A R260 AN3 C120
1UF
-5V SUPPLY
2 EXT_REF 15.0K 5 22UF
1B R222 AN4
3.32K
3 6
2A AN5
J1
CONNECTS 4 7
2B +8V AN6
TO J3 +5V
5 C188 8
3A .1UF AN7
1
6 9
3B AN8
A4 7 C181 C98 1 5 11 C184
4A -8V U30 AN9 C121
INPUT 1UF 10UF 2 7 1UF
BOARD 8 79L05 12 22UF
4B gnd AN10
2 1 3 8
-11V IN OUT -5V_MAXIM R221 -11V -8V
9 /CH_A' 3 U39
5A IN 6.81K C192
6 4 6 MAX9686 A/D_CLK 19 U37
IN .1UF S CLK
10 7 5 7908ACT
5B IN GND
BSCK 18
I/O CLK
/SERADC_CS 15 +5V
CS C189
-5V_MAXIM
.1UF CR17
CR13 R224 R253 13 20
+5V REF- VCC
1.82K 10.0
VREF 14 10
+5V REF+ GND
C174 C175 C187
C123
.1UF .1UF C122 .1UF
10UF
47PF
VREF
-5V_MAXIM
A5 SERIAL BOARD
19 17
R193 R194
C105 C110
47.5K 100 R195 +5V
2200PF 3300PF
+5V 301 C115
.1UF U44C
DG444
9
R199 L18 R208 2 G3
U33B 0 2
1.00K 100UH 243 10 11
LM393
6 3 5
Q_13.5MHZ 5
7
5 C111 4 7
C107
R198 3300PF R210
2200PF U34A
301 1 475
MC10H107 0
L19 R209 U44D
100UH 243 DG444
8
R196 R197 7 6
47.5K C108 C112
100 R200 2200PF 3300PF
301
R235
1.00M
+10D
/10_HZ
U44A
DG444 C116 C118
D3 C137 R237 1 .1UF .1UF R236
33UF 562 100
2 3
2 +11V +10D
-5V
13 12
+10D +5V C136
4 5 C138
10UF
1UF
-5V
/100_HZ
U44B
DG444
C134 R234 16
C113 2.2UF 6.81K C15 C17
2200PF 15 14 1UF U6
10UF
79L05
2 1
U32
22V10
9 EYE -11V
3
6
IN
IN
OUT -5V
R205
22.1 2
3
I0/CLK R211 C135
OSCILLATOR 7
IN
IN GND
5 R34
182
I1 R217
4 17 2.00K .047UF 100K
I2 IO0
5 18
I3 IO1 +10D
6 19 CR15
I4 IO2
7 20 R188 R212
D3 I5 IO3
9 21 2.00K 6.81K 8 R232 C117 CR1
I6 IO4 U42B
10 23 2 10.0K 470PF R201
I7 IO5 MC34002
11 24 1 6 2.00K
2 9EYE/10EYE I8 IO6
12 25 3 7
I9 IO7
13 26 C106 U42A 5
I10 IO8
16 27 2200PF 4 MC34002
I11 IO9 R40
1 -5V L4 Y1 C18 56.2K
NC 13.49294MHZ CR2
8 1UH .001UF
NC
15 28
NC VCC C133
22 14
NC GND 2200PF
R190 R231 R41
B3 2.00K 6.81K 100K
L12
2 FH 47UH
C20 +5V C19
R233 150PF
+5V C109
2200PF 2.00K
100PF
R114
DIVIDE BY 2
C102 R112
L6 22.1 22.1
15UF
22UH
C24 SAMP
.01UF D2
+5V U20A R113
R109 MC10H131
15.0K C23 475 50 OHM
TRANSMISSION 4
.1UF 7
S LINES
3 R111
R187 Q
R38 2 R50 9 22.1
10.0K D
221 2 0 22.1 4
U7B Q (SAMP)
R110 5 4 8
MC10H105 E1
1.00K 12 2
CC VCC +5V
9EYE/10EYE 12 8 7 3 20 R51
VCC
13 R49 5 10 475
U7A R VEE C25
14 9 1 475
0 MC10H105 .1UF
R42 R43
FHX9/5 +5V 2.00K 475
U43 U20B
16V8 MC10H131
1 12 R228 R108 15
I0/CLK F0 10.0 C129 L5 Y2 C67 S
2 13 CR5 56.2K 19
I1 F1 .1UF 1UH 13.49215MHZ .001UF Q
3 14 13
I2 F2 D
4 15 18
I3 F3 C104 Q
5 16 R189 14
I4 F4 150PF C21 E1
6 17 1.00K
I5 F5 150PF
7 18 R105 C68
I6 F6 Q5 B3
8 19 100K 100PF 17
I7 F7 R
9
I8
11 R192
I9/OE 3XFH_TRIG 2
20 10.0K R39
VCC +5V
10 221
GND
C191 R229 17 18
.1UF 1.00K
15 19
U7C
U41 R103 MC10H105 R104
4046 2.00K 475
R202
FH 14 2 681K
SIN PC1
13 R107
PC2
1 1.00K
PCP
15
PC3
3
C132 CIN
4 9
100PF VCO OUT VCO IN
R106
6 10 +5V 47.5
C1A DEMO
C103 R206
18.2K
10 EYE OSCILLATOR
.047UF
7
C1B
R230
11 221 C69
R1
R204 C130 .001UF
12 16
47.5K R2 VCC 1UF
5 8
INH GND
C131
R203 33UF
121K
1 14 R52
+11V U10 182
78L05
W1
A 0 OHM 8 1
+11V IN OUT +5VA
R213 2 7
CR6 GND GND
10.0 11 C28 3 6
GND GND C22
1UF 10UF
A
A
7 + 8
C3 R214
2.00K
2 EQ_EYE Q4
C3
+11V 2 EYE
C119
.01UF E6
A
R57 R53
R218 FREQ. RESPONSE 562 1.50K
82.5 K1
C79 C78
1 7 1.7-3.0PF 1PF
+5VA
J10 A U11 C70
CONNECTS R120 25 18 .01UF
DCOMP OUT
TO J7 J11 R215 C114 82.5 C82 8 R62 R61 10 +5VA
BC
22.1 1UF 2 1UF 221 301 R56
1 3 14 11 15 1.00K 7 8 R48
2 NIN U8
27 2 22.1 7 8 R45 J5
U35 POUT EL2070
4 9 10 12 6 3 75.0
MSA-0386 OFS
A5 R59 R58 3 6 NOT USED
SERIAL 13 12 100 150 14 28 U9 2
A A PIN NOUT
BOARD A A 4 1 EL2070
C72 R55 4 1
.022UF 0 OHM R54
A A 4 562
SAMP STR
75 OHM MICRO STRIP C26 -5V
3 .01UF
(SAMP) LEV
-5V R47
C71 1 8 1.21K
TPU
.022UF 2 9
H3 TPD
R117 R118 5
J8 GND
49.9 49.9 6
J6 VR
7 R46
CONNECTS 3 CT
1 150
TO J2 J6 R60 2 20
-5V A4K
22.1 21
J9 PIK
22
1 N2K
L7 23
E32
10UH 24
BC32
A4
INPUT 17 +5VA
+5VA IVCC
BOARD A 16
IGND
13 26
A IGND OVCC
C27 C29 C30 11 1
IVEE OGND
.1UF .1UF .001UF
19 2
SUB OVEE -5V
A A
C75
.01UF
A A
-5V
NOT INSTALLED
R44
75 OHM MICRO-STRIP 75.0
15 MIL
DISPLAY SWITCH
+5V
7 1 5 U25 L20 B2
R169
EYE_SIG 3 AD810 560NH
75.0
6
EYE_SIG 2
2
R168 C124 C125
75.0 4 8 47PF 220PF
-5V_MAXIM
C3
2 EYE
R170
R167 681
681
+5V
E4
C147
SIGNAL LEVEL METER
.1UF
L8
2 10MHZ +8V
1.8UH
R124 2 0
2.00K 5 4
7 3 E1
C140
1 U21A .1UF
0 MC10H105 R250
499
R7 R5
475 475 L9
C3 R126 U21B 39UH C37
2.00K MC10H105 .01UF
12 8 C85 L16 C84 +5VA
2 10/77MHZ 10PF 100PF
13 270NH C5
14 9 .1UF C3 C35
470PF 1200PF
R65 R245
243 U12 R63 10.0
L15 R123 C203 C36 AD606 200
270NH 75.0 R13 R271 470PF 1200PF C38 1 8 +5DCPL
.01UF INLO LMLO
R121 R247 49.9 22.1
499 49.9 R278 16 9
INHI LMHI
17 18 77MHZ L3 R64 11.0K
39UH C31 3 11 C145
.022UF ISUM FIL2 E3
15 19 49.9 8 7 6 5 .1UF
R246 U1 4 12
ILOG FIL1
U21C 200 HFA3101
R125 C83 MC10H105 R251 C33 5 C39
2.00K BFIN
100PF 499 .01UF 13 .1UF
VPOS
6 14
VLOG PRUP
R127 10 7 C146 C148
LADJ OPCM
1.00K C32 2 .1UF .1UF
COMM
.022UF 15
COMM
1 2 3 4
C165 C166
.1UF 1000PF
R3 R2 R6
J2 R4 39.2 39.2 22.1
CONNECTS 22.1
TO J1 R10 C2 C1
J2 560PF 220PF
100
SERIAL IN B_GND
1 R1 A2
681 C139
A4 R8 L1 L2 R12 .1UF
INPUT SIGNAL_LEVEL 2
B_GND 100 1.2UH 3.3UH 75.0
BOARD
B_GND
-8V
B_GND B_GND B_GND B_GND
BUFFER AMPLIFIER
R30 F1
22.1
+11V
Q_13.5MHZ 3
E2 U4B
C141 MC10H131
.1UF 15
S
19
H3 Q
13
D
18
R241 Q
14 +5V
274 C1 2 CPO E1
R239 C6
3.92K .1UF R243
75 OHM STRIPLINE R249 17 475 C162
SERIAL DIGITAL 2 2 R
475 .1UF
-8V
A5 SERIAL BOARD
A23 A2 R1234
9–36 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
BD[8..15]
BA[0..6]
BA15
DAC27CK H3 9 E3 10
1X_CK H2
H3 C3
GND VSS
10 RAW_Y J4
YSYN13R5 A3 10 Y_GAIN
1
2
U99 RAW_Y 3
ATT2C26-2 DAC13R5CK D2 4
FPGA_D0 DAC27CK CCK13R5 B2 RAW_CB
191 D0/DIN-I/O I/O205 205 CB6R75 RAW_CB 5
BD9 188 204 DAC13R5CK C5 11 H3 6
BD8 BD10 D1-I/O I/O204 1X_CK CR6R75 C2 RAW_CR
186 203 7
BD11 D2-I/O I/O203 YSYN13R5 H1 RAW_CR
181 201 8
BD12 D3-I/O I/O201 CCK13R5 DACD[0..9] 11 Y_GAIN
176 199 9
U98 BD13 D4-I/O I/O199 CB6R75 DACD[0..9] PB_GAIN
172 D5-I/O I/O198 198 PB_GAIN 10
16V8-10 BD14 167 197 CR6R75 A1 B1 H4 PR_GAIN 11
BD8 /FPGA_CS0 BD15 D6-I/O I/O197 DACD0 H2 PR_GAIN
1 12 163 194 12
BA15 I0/CLK F0 /FPGA_PROG D7-I/O I/O194 DACD1 To half-band
2 13 193 13
/P_OPT_CS I1 F1 /FPGA_WR DL_CCLK I/O193 DACD2 10 11 filters +11V
3 14 52 192 14
BR/W I2 F2 /FPGA_RD CCLK I/O192 DACD3
4 I3 F3 15 R292 10.0K I/O190 190 -11V 15
/UDS 5 16 FPGA_D0 /FPGA_RESET 106 189 DACD4 16
/C_RST I4 F4 CONF_SPED +5V /FPGA_PROG RESET I/O189 DACD5
6 17 107 185 17
/DL_PROG I5 F5 BD8 PRGM I/O185 DACD6 -5.2V
7 18 156 184 18
DL_DIN I6 F6 CABLE_DL RD-CFGN I/O184 DACD7 /PIX_BRITEUP
8 19 183 19
DL_DONE
/CABLE_ENA
9
11
I7
I8
F7 /FPGA_CS0
FPGA_CS1
145
140
CS0-I/O
I/O183
I/O180 180
179
DACD8
DACD9
LINE BUFFER PIX_SYNC
/PIX_BLANK
20
21
I9/OE +5V CS1-I/O I/O179 32Kx8 srams /COMPSYNC
20 178 22
VCC +5V R293 10.0K /FPGA_RD I/O178 EXTRA_SYNC
10 149 175 23
+5V GND /FPGA_WR RD-I/O I/O175 U100 /CLAMP_PLS J4
152 WR-I/O I/O174 174 24
/DL_INIT 98 173 5C2568-15 25 CONNECTS
INIT-I/O I/O173 DL_DONE BFRADR0 BFR0 MAIN_SPARE0 TO J14
R309 10.0K 171 10 11 26
I/O171 BFRADR1 A0 D1 BFR1 Z_BRIGHT
108 170 9 12 27
+5V CABLE_DL M0-I/O I/O170 BFRADR2 A1 D2 BFR2 /RGB_GAMUT_ERR
R305 112 169 8 13 28
socket this part on M1-I/O I/O169 BFRADR3 A2 D3 BFR3 /CMPS_LIM_ERR 12
10.0K 117 M2-I/O I/O166 166 7 A3 D4 15 29
B-phase boards !! CONF_SPED 121 165 BFRADR4 6 16 BFR4 GAMUT_INH 30
For Engineering Use Only M3-I/O I/O165 BFRADR5 A4 D5 BFR5 /GAMUT_BLANK A7
200 164 5 17 31
Not for Production TDI-I/O I/O164 BFRADR6 A5 D6 COMPONENT
202 162 4 18 32
TMS-I/O I/O162 BFRADR7 A6 D7 /C_RST BOARD
206 161 3 19 33
1 DIN[0..9] TCK-I/O I/O161 BFRADR8 A7 D9 BR/W
R306 I/O159 159 25 A8 34
3 19 27_CK 4 154 /PIX_BRITEUP BFRADR9 24 /UDS 35
4 18 A0-I/O I/O154 BFRADR10 A9
7 153 21 36
DIN8 A1-I/O I/O153 PIX_SYNC BFRADR11 A10 BD15
8 151 23 37
A2-I/O I/O151 BFRADR12 A11 BD14
11 150 2 38
+5V +5V DIN5 A3-I/O I/O150 /PIX_BLANK BFRADR13 A12 BD13
16 148 26 39
U98 17
A4-I/O
A5-I/O
I/O148
I/O147 147 BFRADR14 1
A13
A14
BD12 40
DIN3 20 146 /COMPSYNC +5V BD11 41
A6-I/O I/O146 /BFR_WR BD10
25 143 27 42
8 14 A7-I/O I/O143 EXTRA_SYNC /BFR_ENA WE BD9
R299 R300 30 142 20 28 43
9 13 SPARE0 A8-I/O I/O142 /BFR_OE CE VCC BD8
J5 10.0K 10.0K 32 A9-I/O I/O141 141 22 OE GND 14 44
1 SPARE3 35 139 /CLAMP_PLS 45
+5V SPARE7 A10-I/O I/O139 BA0
2 39 138 46
/DL_PROG SPARE8 A11-I/O I/O138 MAIN_SPARE0 BA1
3 41 137 47
DL_CCLK SPARE11 A12-I/O I/O137 U101 BA2
4 44 136 48
DL_DONE SPARE13 A13-I/O I/O136 Z_BRIGHT 5C2568-15 BA3
5 46 A14-I/O I/O134 134 49
6 DL_DIN SPARE17 50 133 BFRADR0 10 11 BFR6 BA4 50
/DL_INIT BFR0 A15-I/O I/O133 /RGB_GAMUT_ERR BFRADR1 A0 D1 BFR7 BA5
7 55 132 9 12 51
BFR4 A16-I/O I/O132 BFRADR2 A1 D2 BFR8 BA6
8 59 131 8 13 52
A17-I/O I/O131 /CMPS_LIM_ERR BFRADR3 A2 D3 BFR9 BA15
9 129 7 15 53
I/O129 BFRADR4 A3 D4 BFR10
10 195 DOUT-I/O I/O128 128 6 A4 D5 16 54
208 127 GAMUT_INH BFRADR5 5 17 BFR11 /P_OPT_CS 55
RD_DATA/TDO I/O127 BFRADR6 A5 D6
160 126 4 18 56
RDY/RCLK-I/O I/O126 /GAMUT_BLANK BFRADR7 A6 D7
89 124 3 19 57
HDC-I/O I/O124 BFRADR8 A7 D9 VCC VDD
94 123 25 TP8 58
DL_DONE LDC-I/O I/O123 BD8 BFRADR9 A8
104 DONE I/O122 122 24 A9 59
120 BFRADR10 21 60
I/O120 BA0 BFRADR11 A10 +5V
12 119 23
+5V_FPGA VDD I/O119 BA1 BFRADR12 A11
26 118 2
VDD I/O118 BA2 BFRADR13 A12
40 115 26
VDD I/O115 BA3 BFRADR14 A13
65 VDD I/O114 114 1 A14
93 113 BA4 +5V
VDD I/O113 BA5 /BFR_WR
116 111 27
11 5 VDD I/O111 BA6 /BFR_ENA WE
130 110 20 28
12 4 VDD I/O110 BA15 /BFR_OE CE VCC
144 109 22 14
VDD I/O109 /BFR_ENA OE GND +5V +5V
168 VDD I/O102 102
+5V 196 101 /BFR_CAS
1 VDD I/O101 /BFR_OE
100
U97 1
VSS
I/O100
I/O99
99 /BFR_WR C285 C284
H2 2 97 BFRADR14 1UF 68UF
NO_SIGNAL
BFRADR[0..14]
C259 BFR[0..18]
.1UF NOT INSTALLED
+5V
R289
C4 R275 2.00K
10.0K
Q1
8 DIRECT/PLL
R276
825
R277
3.92K
CR101
ECL TO TTL
C244
DIRECT/PLL
PHASE LOCKED LOOP 5PF SWITCH
& CLOCK REGENERATOR –45 PHASE C249
+5V
R326 .1UF
681 R279 R284
C4 C243 R285 U95A 511 L112 U95B R283 274 U96 C3
.1UF 2.21K 10H117 330NH 10H117 274 1 5 MAX9686
5 3 17 19 2 7
8 RCV_CLK IN1 OUT IN1 OUT 27_CK 8
7 4 15 18
IN1 OUT IN1 OUT
3 8
+5V 8 IN2 C250 R280 14 IN2
9 2 R278 33PF 82.5 13 R282 4 6
ERROR AMP +5V
12
IN2 VCC1
VCC2
20
10
+5V
+5GOOD 511
12
IN2
274 R281
274 R250
F1
INC VEE INC
C286 DAC27CK
C55 8
R126 .1UF
.33UF 1.21K C301 -5.2V
+5V +5GOOD .1UF
F1
PHASE DETECTOR R286
825
C297
.1UF
C296
.1UF
R57
1X_CK 8
C56 C126
.1UF +11V .047UF
R122
U24C NOT INSTALLED
R291 562
C57 MC10H107
100 R120
.1UF R268 15 18
274
17 19
U14A 8 R119
MC34002 0 OHM
2
1 C241 R270 R269 R123
3 68PF 10.0K 10.0K 562
13 9
TP9 14 8
4
U24
R130
100K C58
.1UF
C242
.1UF &
-5.2V
R327 U95
R328
18 4
100K 19 3
100K 1
R288 R287 Y1
FREQUENCY DOUBLER
3.92K 3.92K CR7 13.5MHZ
-5.2V
U14B C211
SIDEBAND FILTER
C254 MC34002 R261 .1UF
C253
1UF .1UF R133 6 56.2
392 7
5 R266 C225 C228 C231
10.0 47PF 15PF 47PF
C59 +5V
.1UF C60 C63 C64 R135
+5GOOD .1UF R134 100PF 100PF 56.2
221 R264
2 L10 U24B L108 C227 L109 C230 100
2 0 680NH MC10H107 330NH 330NH
OSC NC 5 3 13.5MHZ 9 14 27MHZ
47PF 47PF
7 4 12 13
C240
U24A 1 .1UF U104
MC10H107 0 R131 R132 MC7805ACT
332 332 R136 R137 +11V +5GOOD
274 274
C300 C299
+5GOOD 10UF 100UF
C298
.1UF
CR102
WFM 601M SERIAL COMPONENT MONITOR PHASE LOCK LOOP & CLOCK 9
F1
DACD[0..9]
8 DACD[0..9]
DACD0
TP2
DACD1
DACD2
DACD3
Y DELAY DIGITAL HALF BAND FILTER Y DAC
U9 R243
AD9713 36.5 75 ohm microstrip
DACD4 U94 U29 11 14
SC1520 SC1953 D12(LSB) I OUT
R26 L113
14 10 Y0 Y0 10 62 10 10.0 270NH
ID0 DD0 IN0(LSB) OUT0 D11
-I OUT 16 RAW_Y
DACD5 15 9 Y1 Y1 12 61 YDAC1 LSB YDAC1 9
ID1 DD1 IN1 OUT1 D10
16 8 Y2 Y2 14 60 YDAC2 YDAC2 8 24 R271 C287 C288
ID2 DD2 IN2 OUT2 D9 R SET G1
75.0 15PF 100PF
DACD6 17 5 Y3 Y3 16 58 YDAC3 YDAC3 7
ID3 DD3 IN3 OUT3 D8
Y4 Y4 YDAC4 YDAC4 REF OUT 20 8
19 4 18 56 6
ID4 DD4 IN4 OUT4 D7 -1.225V
19
DACD7 Y5 Y5 YDAC5 YDAC5 AMP IN V_REF
20 3 20 54 5
ID5 DD5 IN5 OUT5 D6
R246 R249
21 2 Y6 Y6 22 52 YDAC6 YDAC6 4
ID6 DD6 IN6 OUT6 D5 AMP OUT 18 47.5K
DACD8 Y7 Y7 YDAC7 YDAC7 22.1 Y_GAIN
24 43 24 50 3 17
ID7 DD7 IN7 OUT7 D4 REF IN
25 42 Y8 Y8 26 48 YDAC8 YDAC8 2 C221 R247
ID8 DD8 IN8 OUT8 D3
.1UF 6.81K
DACD9 26 41 Y9 Y9 27 46 YDAC9 YDAC9 1 23
ID9 DD9 IN9 OUT9 D2 D +VS +5V
R58
27 38 0 OHM 44 YDAC10 YDAC10 28 22 -5.2V_A
ID10 DD10 OUT10 D1(MSB) REFGND
1X_CK 28 CLK IN R245
28 ID11 DD11 37 OUT11 43 0 OHM A RTN 13
F1 F1 26
DAC27CK LATCH EN
6 27
+5V RND0 F1 DGND
13 1 29
8 YSYN13R5 CLK VDD +5V 8 NOISE0
VDD 6 5 RND1 15 A -VS D -VS 21 -5.2V
34 OENB VDD 11 NOISE1 31
18 7 8 25 12
VDD +5V CLIP A -VS D -VS
22 33
VDD NOISE2
29 36 8
+5V C0 VDD SMPTE
VDD 40 NOISE3 35
+5V 30 C1 9 MSBPRN11/10
7 37
VSS NOISE4
31 12 11 L106
C2 VSS +5V RESET
23 39 4.7UH
VSS NOISE5
+5V 32 C3 VSS 35 +5V 30 NOISE OFF -5.2V_A
VSS 39
33 44 36 45 C281 C173 C172 C280
+5V C4 VSS TWOS COMP CLKOUT
10UF 1UF 1UF 10UF
YSYN13R5 40 68
CLK SYNC MODE
63 67
DEL 1 CYCL POL
65 3
TD1 NC
NC 4
66 TD2
VCC 64 +5V
59 18 12
VCC 19 11
1 55
GND VCC
2 GND VCC 51
15 GND VCC 47
19 42
39 29 23
GND
GND
VCC
VCC
41 U9
40 28 34 32
GND VCC
38 GND VCC 25
49 21 25 5
1 GND VCC 26 4
53 17
U94 57
GND
GND
VCC
VCC
13 1
6 18
7 17
60 44
61 43
1
U29
9 27
10 26
WFM 601M SERIAL COMPONENT MONITOR Y DELAY, HALF BAND FILTER & DAC 10
F1
DIGITAL HALF BAND FILTERS Pr DAC
DACD[0..9] U18 R50
8 DACD[0..9] AD9713 36.5
U17 11 14 75 ohm microstrip
SC1953 D12(LSB) I OUT
R48 L114
DACD0 LSB 10 62 NC 10 10.0 270NH
IN0(LSB) OUT0 D11
-I OUT 16 RAW_CR
DACD1 12 61 LSB CRH1 9
IN1 OUT1 D10
DACD2 14 60 CRH2 8 24 R255 C289 C290
IN2 OUT2 D9 R SET G1
75.0 15PF 100PF
DACD3 16 58 CRH3 7
IN3 OUT3 D8
20
DACD4 CRH4 REF OUT 8
18 56 6
IN4 OUT4 D7
19
DACD5 CRH5 AMP IN
20 IN5 OUT5 54 5 D6 R42
22.1 R230
DACD6 22 52 CRH6 4 18 47.5K
IN6 OUT6 D5 AMP OUT
DACD7 CRH7 PR_GAIN
24 50 3 17
IN7 OUT7 D4 REF IN
DACD8 26 48 CRH8 2 C19 R44
IN8 OUT8 D3
.1UF 6.81K
DACD9 MSB 27 46 CRH9 1 23
F1 IN9 OUT9 D2 D +VS +5V
44 CRH10 28 22 -5.2V_B
CCK13R5 OUT10 D1(MSB) REFGND
28
8 CCK13R5 CLK IN NC
43 13
OUT11 A RTN
26
DAC13R5CK LATCH EN
+5V 6 RND0 DGND 27
29 F1
NOISE0
5 15 21
RND1 -5.2V_B A -VS D -VS -5.2V
31
NOISE1 8
7 25 12
+5V CLIP A -VS D -VS
NOISE2 33
8 SMPTE
35 L4
NOISE3
9 4.7UH
MSBPRN11/10
37
NOISE4
+5V 11 RESET
NOISE5 39 C15 C14
30 .1UF .1UF
+5V NOISE OFF
F1 36 45
TWOS COMP CLKOUT
-5.2V_C
Pb DAC
U19
AD9713 R51
U20 36.5
11 14 75 ohm microstrip
SC1953 D12(LSB) I OUT
R49 L115
DACD0 LSB 10 62 NC 10 10.0 270NH
IN0(LSB) OUT0 D11
-I OUT 16 RAW_CB
DACD1 12 61 LSB CBH1 9
IN1 OUT1 D10
DACD2 14 60 CBH2 8 24 R256 C291 C292
IN2 OUT2 D9 R SET G1
75.0 15PF 100PF
DACD3 16 58 CBH3 7
IN3 OUT3 D8
20
DACD4 CBH4 REF OUT 8
18 56 6
IN4 OUT4 D7
AMP IN 19
DACD5 20 54 CBH5 5 R43
IN5 OUT5 D6
22.1 R231
DACD6 22 52 CBH6 4 18 C18 47.5K
IN6 OUT6 D5 AMP OUT .1UF
DACD7 CBH7 PB_GAIN
24 IN7 OUT7 50 3 D4 REF IN 17
-5.2V_C
DACD8 26 48 CBH8 2 R45
IN8 OUT8 D3
6.81K
DACD9 MSB 27 46 CBH9 1 23
IN9 OUT9 D2 D +VS +5V
44 CBH10 28 22
CCK13R5 OUT10 D1(MSB) REFGND
28
CLK IN NC
43 13
OUT11 A RTN
26
LATCH EN
+5V 6 RND0 DGND 27
NOISE0 29
5 15 21 -5.2V
RND1 -5.2V_C A -VS D -VS
31
NOISE1
7 25 12
+5V CLIP A -VS D -VS
NOISE2 33
8 SMPTE
35
NOISE3 L5
9
MSBPRN11/10 4.7UH
37
NOISE4
+5V 11 RESET
NOISE5 39
30 C170 C16
+5V NOISE OFF
.1UF .1UF
F1 36 45
TWOS COMP CLKOUT
40 68
8 CB6R75 CLK SYNC MODE
63 67 18 12
DEL 1 CYCL POL 19 11
65 3
TD1 NC
NC
4 U18
66
TD2
VCC
64
+5V
&
59
1 GND
VCC
VCC 55 U19
2 51 25 5
60 44 GND VCC 26 4
15 47
61 43 GND VCC 1
19 42
GND VCC
23 41
U17 34
GND
GND
VCC
VCC 32
1 38 25 +5V +5V +5V +5V
& 49
GND
GND
VCC
VCC
21
53 17
U20 57
GND
GND
VCC
VCC 13 C179 C180 C181 C182
9 27 .1UF .1UF .1UF .1UF
10 26
WFM 601M SERIAL COMPONENT MONITOR Pb & Pr HALF BAND FILTERS & DACS 11
Figure 1–8: A7 Component board
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
A23 A2 R1234
Table 1–10: A7 Component board component locator
CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD " !
#
NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION
C9 13 D5 M4 C151 15 E5 C4 C313 13 E2 J2 C501 13 C5 L4 C734 14 F3 A3 C840 14 A5 F2
C36 12 G3 J1 C152 15 E5 C4 C316 13 F1 H2 C502 13 C5 L3 C771 14 E3 F1 C841 14 G1 G3
C40 15 C5 C3 C155 15 F5 B4 C317 13 F2 I2 C503 13 C4 K4 C772 14 E3 F1 C842 14 G1 G1
C41 14 C1 G2 C156 15 F5 B4 C318 13 F2 I2 C504 13 D5 K3 C773 14 E4 F1 C843 14 G1 E1
C42 14 C2 G2 C162 15 F4 C3 C319 13 E1 I2 C505 13 D4 K4 C774 14 E4 F1 C844 14 H1 E3
C45 14 C1 H1 C163 15 F4 B3 C320 13 F1 I2 C506 13 D5 K3 C775 14 E4 E1 C845 14 H1 F4
C50 15 C5 B2 C164 15 E4 C3 C401 13 C3 L3 C507 13 D4 J3 C776 14 E4 E1 C846 15 C5 D1
C55 14 C2 H2 C165 15 E4 C3 C402 13 C3 L3 C508 13 D4 J3 C777 14 E3 F1 C847 14 B5 F2
C65 14 C3 H3 C170 12 E3 M3 C403 13 C3 K3 C509 13 D5 J3 C778 14 F5 E1 C848 15 D5 D2
C71 14 G3 A3 C180 12 B5 A4 C404 13 D3 K3 C510 13 E4 J3 C779 14 F5 E1 C849 14 G1 E1
C72 14 G3 A2 C181 12 C5 A4 C405 13 D3 K3 C511 13 E4 J3 C780 14 F5 E1 C850 14 G1 E2
C73 15 A5 E4 C190 12 B5 A3 C406 13 D3 K2 C512 13 E5 J3 C781 14 E4 G1 C851 14 G1 E3
C74 15 A4 E3 C191 12 C5 A3 C407 13 D3 J2 C513 13 E5 I3 C782 14 C4 G2 C852 14 H1 G3
C75 15 A5 E3 C202 12 C3 N1 C408 13 D3 J2 C514 13 E5 I3 C783 14 C4 G2 C853 14 H1 G3
C91 14 H3 A2 C206 12 E4 O2 C409 13 D3 J3 C516 13 F4 H4 C784 14 C5 F3 C854 14 B3 H3
C92 14 H3 A1 C207 12 C5 O1 C410 13 E3 J3 C517 13 F5 I4 C785 14 D5 F3 C855 14 B2 H2
C101 14 H3 A1 C208 12 E3 M2 C411 13 E3 J2 C518 13 F5 I4 C786 14 B4 F3 C864 14 E1 B3
C118 15 E2 C3 C209 12 E3 M2 C412 13 E3 J3 C519 13 E4 I4 C787 14 B4 F3 C865 14 D4 D1
C119 15 E3 C3 C210 12 F2 M3 C413 13 E3 J2 C711 14 F1 B2 C829 14 H4 G1 C866 13 F3 I3
C120 15 F2 C3 C301 13 C2 L2 C414 13 E3 I2 C712 14 F1 B2 C830 12 E4 O3 C867 13 F4 H3
C121 15 F3 C3 C302 13 C2 L2 C416 13 F3 I3 C713 14 F1 B2 C831 14 H5 H1 CR180 12 B5 A4
C125 15 C1 D3 C303 13 C1 K2 C417 13 F3 I3 C714 14 F1 B1 C832 14 B2 H2 CR190 12 B5 A3
C126 15 D1 D2 C305 13 D1 K2 C418 13 F3 I3 C721 14 F2 B2 C833 14 B3 H3 E1 6 D2 K2
C130 15 E2 D3 C306 13 D2 K2 C419 14 F3 G1 C722 14 F2 B2 C834 14 E1 G3 E2 6 D2 K2
C131 15 E1 D3 C307 13 D1 J2 C420 13 E3 I3 C723 14 F2 A2 C835 14 E1 F4 E3 6 D2 K3
C132 15 F1 D2 C308 13 D2 K2 C430 14 H4 G1 C724 14 F2 A2 C836 15 C3 B3 E4 6 E2 J2
C133 15 F2 D2 C309 13 D2 J2 C442 14 G3 H1 C731 14 F3 A2 C837 14 E1 G4 E5 6 E2 I3
C134 15 F2 D2 C310 13 E1 J2 C446 14 G4 H1 C732 14 F3 A2 C838 14 E1 G3
C136 15 D1 D3 C312 13 E2 J2 C497 15 H5 I1 C733 14 F2 A2 C839 14 A5 F3
9–44 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Table 1–10: A7 Component board component locator (cont.)
CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD
NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 9–45
9–46 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
J13
1
1A U210
2 74HC595
1B BMOSI 14 15
SER QA /LTNG G2
3
2A U203 1
74HC165 QB /BOWTIE G1 15
2B 4
10 BSCK 11 2
SER U211A SCLK QC /ARROW_DSPLY G2
5
3A 74HCT125 10 3
MISO +5V SCLR QD RGB_PAR
6 11 9 2 3
3B A QH
QE 4 RGB_GAMUT_OFF
7 12 7 G4
4A B QH /STATIC /STATIC
1 12 5
RCLK QF CMPST_LIM_OFF G4
8 13
4B C 14
1 13 6
3 G QG PIX_STROB_DIS
5A 9 14 D
QH 7 BYPASS
10 3 12 11 C1
5B +5V E
11 4 U211D 9
6A F QH'
74HCT125
12 BA15 5
6B G U211B 4
1
13 6 3 74HCT125 +5V
7A H MISO 6 5
7B 14 12 11
BSCK 2 +5V C210
CLK
15 U213D .1UF
8A +5V
15 74HCT125
J13 CLKINH
8B 16
CONNECTS 1 R215
SH/LD
TO J2 17 10.0K
9A
R216
18 /ID_CS 10.0K
23 9B MISO 3 2
19 /ID_LD
10A U213A
A3 74HCT125
MAIN 20 1 +5V
10B J14
BOARD
21 +5V +5V +5V 1
11A 4 U213B 2
22 U220 74HCT125 R213 3
11B 74HC595 BMOSI U212 B1 RAW_Y
5 6 10.0K 4
23 BA6 BMOSI 14 15 R217 R218 R219 I10412 5
12A SER QA 13 B3 RAW_PB
10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 1 8 SDI SDO 4 6
24 BA5 1 0 U213C 7
12B QB 74HCT125 B4 RAW_PR
8
25 BA4 BSCK 11 2 /DAC_CS BSCK 9 8 7 14 Y_GAIN Y_GAIN 9
13A SCLK QC SCLK VOUT0 PB_GAIN 10
26 10 3 /DAC_LD /DAC_LD 6 15 PB_GAIN PR_GAIN 11
13B +5V SCLR QD LD VOUT1
12
27 BA3 4 /STATIC 5 16 PR_GAIN 13
14A QE +5V_DCL 16/4 MODE VOUT2 G5 PIX_BRITEUP +11V
14
BA2 /OPT_CS R214 14 F3 PIX_SYNC
28 12 5 17 15
14B RCLK QF 10.0K VOUT3 Y_OFFSET E1 D1 /PIX_BLANK -11V
16
29 BA1 /OPT_EN 13 6 1 18 17
15A G QG VOUT4 PB_OFFSET E2 13 -5.2V
18
BA0 U170 15 G5 COMPSYNC
30 7 8 19 19
15B QH TL431 C170 VOUT5 PR_OFFSET E4 20
31 10UF +5V_DCL 20 21
16A VOUT6 G_OFFSET C1 C4 D2 C36
9 2 3 6 7 22
QH' 100PF
32 3 21 R36 100 23
J12 16B +5V VDD VOUT7 B_OFFSET C2
1 C208 24
0 14 15 /CLAMP_PLS
1 33 .1UF 9 23 25
1A 17A DGND VOUT8 R_OFFSET C3 /OPT_BLANK J14
26
2 34 MISO MISO 8 9 R170 22 24 27 CONNECTS
1B 17B AGND VOUT9 +LIMIT E3 TO J4
475 28
BSCK 14 G3 /RGB_GAMUT_ERR
3 35 U211C 13 25 29
2A 18A -5.2V VSS VOUT10 -LIMIT E4 G5 /CMPST_LIM_ERR
74HCT125 30
BMOSI 14 G4 GAMUT_INH 8
2B 4 18B 36 VOUT11 26 CMPST_+LIM /GAMUT_BLANK 31
E5 A2 32
-5.2V C209
5 37 /OPT_CS .1UF 27 /C_RST 33 A8
3A 19A U206 VOUT12 CMPST_-LIM E5 BR/W 34 DAC
6 38 /OPT_EN 7201 28 /UDS 35 BOARD
3B 19B VOUT13 PIX_Y_OFFSET G4
XO/HF 23 36
7 39 /P_OPT_CS R225 1 BD15 37
4A 20A VOUT14 BD14
475K 38
8 40 BD8 7 10 FD8 10 2 BD13 39
4B 20B D0 Q0 RBIAS VOUT15 V_OFFSET F3 BD12 40
9 BD9 6 11 FD9 15 BD11 41
5A D1 Q1 -2.5V H_OFFSET F4 BD10
12 11 42
BD10 FD10 VREFIN VREFOUT BD9
10 5 13 43
5B D2 Q2 BD8 44
11 BD11 4 14 FD11 45
6A +5V D3 Q3 BA0 46
12 BD8 BD12 31 19 FD12 BA1 47
6B D4 Q4 BA2 48
13 BD9 C202 BD13 30 20 FD13 +5V BA3 49
7A D5 Q5 BA4
.1UF 50
14 BD10 BD14 29 21 FD14 BA5 51
7B D6 Q6 BA6
C830 52
15 BD11 BD15 28 22 FD15 .1UF BA15 53
8A U202 D7 Q7
54
16 74HCT138 3 15 /P_OPT_CS 55
J12 8B BA2 D8 Q8
1 A Y0 15 56
CONNECTS 17 BD12 57
TO J5 9A BA3 WR_FIFO WR_FIFO
2 14 2 9 58
BD13 +5V VCC B Y1 W FF U209
18 59
9B BA4 U204 IRQ5 74HCT574
3 C Y2 13 18 R EF 24 +5V 60
23 19 BD14 74HCT574 FD8 2 19
10A BD8 D1 Q1 SW9 B4
12 2 19 25
BD15 Y3 D1 Q1 RS FD9
A3 20 32 3 18
10B BD9 VCC +5V D2 Q2 SW10 B4
MAIN 11 3 18 26
GND Y4 D2 Q2 FL/RT FD10
BOARD 11A 21 C206 4 D3 Q3 17 SW11
6 10 BD10 4 17 B4 15
+5V G1 Y5 D3 Q3 .1UF
22 8 16 FD11 5 16
11B BA15 BD11 XI DGND D4 Q4 /TOP D2
4 9 5 16
G2A Y6 D4 Q4 FD12
23 6 15
12A /P_OPT_CS BD12 D5 Q5 /BOTTOM D3
5 G2B Y7 7 6 D5 Q5 15
24 /UDS FD13 7 14
12B BD13 FIFO_RD D6 Q6
7 14
D6 Q6 FD14
25 8 13
13A BD14 D7 Q7
8 13
D7 Q7 FD15
13B 26 9 D8 Q8 12
BD15 9 12
/OPT_BLANK D8 Q8
27
14A U207 11
OPT_LTCH 22V10-25 CLK
28 11
14B U180 CLK B16MHZ 2 I/CK I/O 27 1 OC
29 BR/W 7808ACT 1
15A OC LR_GO 3 26
+11V +8V I I/O
30
15B 3 BLANK_CK U208
4 I I/O 25
31 C181 74HCT574
16A C180 10UF
.1UF 5 24 FD8 2 19
I I/O D1 Q1 SW1 B1
32 CR180
16B FD9
6 23 3 18
B16MHZ +5V I I/O D2 Q2 SW2 B1
33 1 2
17A FD10
7 I I/O 21 4 D3 Q3 17 SW3
34 B2
17B FD11
C207 9 20 5 16
I I/O D4 Q4 SW4 B2
35 .1UF
18A FD12 15
10 I I/O 19 6 D5 Q5 15 SW5
36 B2
18B FD13
11 18 7 14
IRQ5 I I/O D6 Q6 SW6 B3
37
19A FD14
12 17 8 13
BLANK_CK -11V -8V I I/O D7 Q7 SW7 B3
19B 38
U190 3 13 FD15 9 12
C191 I D8 Q8 SW8 B3
39 /C_RST C190 7908ACT
20A 10UF
.1UF 16
I
40 CR190 11
20B CLK
2 1 IRQ5 1 OC
R314
Y FILTER R305
150 R317 R318 50
100 3.32K J300
C303 Y RESP
-8V R316
12PF C307 C310 75.0
15PF 33PF 1 2
+5V_DCL C305 C319 C316 C320**
.1UF 1UF 100PF 22PF
G2 R302 +5V_DCL
150 7 8 R306 L308 L311 R308
2 75.0 1.9UH 1.75UH 150 7 8 R315 A1 G4
12 RAW_Y
6 2 33.2
3 6 Y
3 14 15
R301 U300
150 SMica 4 1 EL2070 C308 C309 C312 R307 U301
150PF 390PF 150PF 150 C313* 4 1 EL2070
15PF
C301 -5.2V
220PF C306 SMica
-5.2V .1UF R309
L302 150 +5V_DCL
1.75UH
C317 C318
C302 .1UF .1UF
5.5-65PF R304
Y GROUP DELAY 150
247PF NOM
-5.2V
Pb FILTER R414
R405
150 C407 C410 R417 R420 50
15PF 47PF 100 5.62K J400
C403 Pb RESP R416
12PF -8V
75.0
1 2
+5V_DCL C405 C408 C411 C420 C416 C866
.1UF 10PF 33PF 1UF 220PF 33PF
G2 R402 +5V_DCL
150 7 8 R406 L407 L410 R408
2 75.0 3.8UH 3.6UH 150 7 8 R415 A2 G4
12 RAW_PB
6 2 33.2
3 6
U400 Pb 14 15
R401 3
150 SMica 4 1 EL2070 C406 C409 C412 R407 U401
330PF 790PF 330PF 150 4 1 EL2070
Pr FILTER R505
C507 C510
R514
50
150 R517 R518 J500
15PF 47PF 100 5.62K R516
C503 Pr RESP
-8V 75.0
12PF 1 2
G2 R502 +5V_DCL
150 7 8 R506 L507 L510 R508
2 75.0 3.8UH 3.6UH 150 7 8 R515 A3 G3
12 RAW_PR
6 2 33.2
3 6
U500 Pr 14 15
R501 3
150 SMica 4 1 EL2070 C506 C509 C512 R507 U501
330PF 790PF 330PF 150 4 1 EL2070
C9
47UF
*Not installed **Refer to the Electrical Parts List for the values used on
previous versions of this circuit board.
WFM 601M SERIAL COMPONENT MONITOR TRANSCODERS & PIX MONITOR OUTPUTS 14
D1
U103D
14 DG444
R70
2.000K
G 14 15 +5V_DCL
G
F5 R128 +8V
1
6 100
D2 12 SW1 1 1
3 2 U101A
+5V_DCL U127 DG444
MAX436
14 +8V
R71 R110 2 13 3 2
1 1 IN+ OUT+
2.000K U103A 3 2 1.00K
B 3 +8V
B DG444 Z+ NC 4 +8V
R125 4 1 5
3 2 5 9 182 R136 +8V F1
Z- OUT- -8V
1.00K R127 R119
6 11 100 Q136 12.1K +8V
IN- ISET 12 /BOWTIE
4 1 5
F5 1
-8V +5V_DCL V+ V- 7 R130 R131 R138
C132
R135
12 8 R126 1.00K 1.00K 100 2.74K
B1 V+ V- 105PF U177B
14 10 5.62K C136 Q131
12 SW2 V+ V- DG444
5-25PF
U102C C125
14 DG444 SMICA 7 6
.1UF -5.2V R137 C131
VECTOR 2.74K 70PF R133 R134 R855
Y/BLANK 11 10 C126 TIMING SMICA 1.00K 1.00K 100
Y/BLANK F1
R129 .1UF Q134 8
F5 100
9 -8V 12 /LTNG
12 SW3 C133 C134
B3 C130 5-25PF
R132 22PF
77PF -8V
U102B R118 SMICA 2.74K
14 DG444 VECTOR U177C
15.0K
TIMING +5V_DCL D4 DG444
Pr/BLANK 6 7
Pr/BLANK
-8V ARROW_Y 10 11
1 14
F5 4 U125A
8
/CLAMP_PLS 1 74HCT32 9
G3 /CLAMP_PLS
3
12 SW4
2
12 C118
U101D /TOP .01UF
DG444 /TOP 7
F4 1 U124D D4 1
R120 6 DG444 6
15 14 8 10.0K
13 15 14 14 15
F5 14 ARROW_C
7 6 14
1 12
6 C120
B2 .1UF U177D
12 SW5 U126D
U124B DG444
U101B DG444 TLC2274
14 DG444
R122 F3
Pb/BLANK 7 6 U74D
Pb/BLANK 10.0K
74HCT00
F5 V_OFFSET 12 12
/ARROW_DSPLY
8 11
R123 F1 13
12 SW6 +5V_DCL
R870 1.00K
100 U102D +5V_DCL +8V
DG444 12 J9
U124C +5V_DCL
1
DG444 U126A 4 1 1 -8V 1A
14 15 2 3 U124A
TLC2274 3 LTNG_Y 2
R121 DG444 4 1 5 1B
F5 11 10 1 10.0K
1 2 2 3 3 2 3
6 2A
R871 12 SW7 1
9 C121 U177A 4
12.1K +5V_DCL 1 2B
U101C .1UF 5 1 4 DG444 1 1
-8V 3 2 5 3A
R72 DG444 -5.2V
2.000K C836 LTNG_X 6
D3 G F4 +8V 3B
10 11 .1UF
C119 R801 7
.01UF +5V_DCL 4A
/BOTTOM 4 1.00K
14 F5 12 /BOTTOM
R73 9 6 8
4B
2.000K 5
R SW8 U125B 9
R 12 SW8 +5V_DCL 5A
74HCT32
+5V_DCL /CLAMP_PLS 10
7 1 5 U801 -5.2V 5B
+8V U125C AD810 G4
2 R856 11
1 1 74HCT32 6A
R872 3 2 9 6 49.9
100K 8 B 3 12
/TOP 13 Pr 6B
10
Pr/BLANK 3 2 U103B 4 8 R802 13
DG444 7A
-8V 1.00K
U102A NC 14
C164 7B
4 1 5 DG444 7 6
F4 .01UF NC 15
-8V 8A
1 U161D
8 R163 6 DG444 16
12 SW9 8B
8 10.0K
9 15 14 NC 17
U151D RGB_PAR 9A
7 6 8
DG444 10 NC 18 J9
C163 9B CONNECTS
Pb/BLANK 15 14 U126C .1UF G3 19 TO J13
U161B R857 10A
U103C DG444 TLC2274 49.9
F4 DG444 20
1 F3 13 Pb 10B 16
6 R165
10 11 10.0K 21
12 SW10 11A A3
+5V_DCL H_OFFSET 12 MAIN
-5.2V 22 11B
9 BOARD
+8V
R166 R803 23
U151A 1 1 12A
2 3 1.00K 1.00K
DG444 +8V 24 12B
Pr/BLANK U161C +5V_DCL
2 3 U126B 25
DG444 1 1 +5V_DCL 13A
TLC2274 2 3 U161A
5 R162 DG444 26
B B 7 1 5 U803 13B
5 1 4 11 10 7 10.0K
F4 6 2 3 2 AD810 G1 27
R858 14A
DIAMOND 6 49.9
TRANSITIONS C74 R75 12 SW11 9 C162
G 3
13 Y
28
14B
2.5-9PF 2.000K -8V 5 1 4
.1UF 4 8
R76 -8V -8V R804 29 15A
2.000K U151B C165 1.00K
DG444 .01UF 30
+8V C73 /BOTTOM 15B
12
.1UF 7 6 11 R805 31
/CLAMP_PLS +11V 16A
13 1.00K
+8V 32
U125D +8V 16B
R74 7 R77 8
2.000K SW1 +8V 74HCT32 G5 33
2.000K R180 17A
G 2 100 Q180 R164 +5V_DCL
6 15.0K PIX_STROBE 34 17B
3 +8V SMICA 7 1 5 U805 14
R157
U70 R182 C155 2.74K 2 AD810 35
LM6361 U151C 105PF -11V 18A
R78 R151 12.1K R152 R149 6
C75 2.000K DG444 1.00K 1.00K 100 R 3 36
4 1 8 Q151 18B
.1UF
10 11 4 8 R806 37
-8V 19A
R155 R156 R854 1.00K
R181 C152 1.00K 1.00K 100 38
19B
-8V R79 9 R150 2.74K 70PF
2.000K 39.2K SMICA Q157 39
R496** 20A
2.21K
R R SW8 +8V C156 40
COMPSYNC 20B
-8V 36PF
C151 -8V G2
C40 C846 C50 C848 77PF R153 SMICA R497** C497**
.1UF .1UF .1UF .1UF SMICA 2.74K 150
12
**Refer to the Electrical Parts List for the values used on
previous versions of this circuit board. -5.2V -8V -8V
-8V
WFM 601M SERIAL COMPONENT MONITOR LIGHTNING, VECTOR, & BOWTIE SWITCHING 15
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
A23 A2 R1234
9–54 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Table 1–11: A3 Main board (front) component locator
CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD
NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION
C1 24 A5 A3 C72 18 F1 J1 C164 17 B5 O5 Q1 24 G2 A2 R48 19 C5 F3 R126 24 G3 J2
C2 24 A5 A4 C73 18 G1 J1 C170 23 C1 P1 Q2 24 G1 B2 R49 19 C5 F3 R128 18 D4 J5
C3 24 G1 B1 C74 24 D1 N5 C171 23 B1 P3 Q3 19 A1 C6 R50 19 C5 F3 R129 18 D4 J5
C4 24 E2 B1 C75 24 D1 N5 C172 23 C1 P2 Q4 20 C5 G3 R51 23 H3 F5 R130 18 D4 J5
C5 24 F2 B1 C76 17 F4 J5 C173 23 D5 P5 Q5 20 B5 G3 R52 22 F4 G1 R131 17 E5 J5
C6 19 B1 C4 C77 21 G3 J5 C174 23 E5 P6 Q7 24 G4 I2 R53 22 F5 G1 R132 17 D5 J5
C7 24 D5 C4 C78 18 F2 K1 C175 23 B1 P1 Q8 18 F1 J1 R55 22 E4 F2 R133 17 E5 J6
C8 24 D4 C5 C79 18 F2 J2 C177 17 B1 I5 Q9 18 G4 J2 R58 21 C4 F5 R134 21 G4 J6
C9 19 A4 C5 C80 18 E5 J3 C178 18 E4 L3 Q10 17 G2 K4 R59 22 E3 G1 R135 21 G3 J6
C10 19 H1 C2 C81 18 F4 J3 C180 22 E4 H2 Q11 18 F3 K1 R60 22 F2 G2 R136 18 F1 J1
C11 19 G1 C2 C82 18 E4 J3 C181 18 F3 K2 Q12 18 F3 K2 R61 22 F4 G2 R137 18 F1 J1
C12 19 D3 C3 C83 18 E4 J3 C182 21 D5 J6 Q13 18 G3 K1 R62 20 B5 G3 R138 18 F1 J1
C13 19 A4 C4 C84 17 G3 K4 C183 17 C3 N5 Q14 18 G3 K2 R64 19 G5 G5 R139 18 F1 J1
C14 19 C4 D6 C85 17 G3 J4 C184 17 C3 M4 Q15 18 G1 K1 R65 20 C5 G2 R140 18 G4 J2
C15 19 B3 D5 C86 17 G3 K5 C185 18 G5 L3 Q16 17 G2 K4 R67 20 B4 G2 R141 17 G1 J3
C16 19 B4 D5 C87 21 G3 K6 C186 18 G5 M2 Q19 16 C5 M2 R70 20 B5 G3 R142 17 F1 J3
C17 19 B4 D6 C88 18 G2 K1 C187 18 H5 L3 Q20 17 C1 M5 R71 24 F3 G6 R143 17 F2 J3
C18 19 C4 D6 C89 18 F4 J2 C189 17 E3 K6 Q25 23 C4 P4 R72 21 B4 G5 R144 17 G2 J3
C19 19 F2 E1 C90 17 G1 K4 C190 17 D4 L5 Q26 23 C4 P4 R73 24 H3 I1 R145 24 D1 N5
C20 19 H2 E2 C91 17 H3 K4 C191 22 E1 O1 Q28 18 F3 K2 R74 24 E4 H1 R146 24 D1 N5
C21 19 G3 E3 C92 17 F3 K5 C192 17 C2 J5 Q30 24 H5 C2 R75 24 E4 H1 R147 24 D1 N5
C22 19 E2 D3 C93 18 F2 K1 C193 24 F5 C2 Q31 24 H5 C2 R76 24 E4 H1 R148 18 D4 J5
C23 19 B4 E5 C94 18 G2 K1 C194 24 F5 C1 R1 24 G1 A1 R77 24 E4 H2 R149 17 D5 J5
C24 19 C4 D6 C95 18 G3 L2 C195 22 E5 G2 R2 24 G1 A1 R82 22 C2 H6 R150 17 D4 J6
C25 19 B4 E5 C96 18 F4 K3 C196 19 G4 E3 R3 24 G1 A1 R83 18 B1 I2 R151 18 F1 J1
C26 19 A3 E6 C97 17 G3 K5 C197 19 G2 C3 R4 24 H1 A2 R86 18 A2 I2 R152 18 G2 J1
C27 19 B4 E5 C98 17 F3 K5 C198 18 D4 L2 R5 24 G2 A2 R87 20 C4 H4 R153 18 F2 K1
C28 19 E3 F2 C100 17 E3 K5 C200 20 A5 G2 R6 24 A2 B3 R88 20 C2 I4 R154 18 F3 J2
C29 19 B4 F5 C101 18 C1 L1 C201 20 B5 G2 R7 24 A5 B3 R89 21 E4 H5 R155 18 F3 K2
C30 19 C4 F6 C103 16 G2 L4 C203 22 D4 O2 R8 24 A4 B4 R90 21 E4 H5 R156 18 D4 J2
C31 21 C4 F4 C104 17 F5 L6 CR2 19 A1 C6 R9 24 A4 B5 R91 22 G4 I1 R157 17 G1 J3
C32 21 C4 F4 C105 18 C2 M1 CR3 24 G3 J2 R10 24 A3 B6 R92 22 G4 I1 R158 17 G1 K3
C33 19 B4 F5 C106 20 E3 L2 CR4 24 F3 I2 R11 24 G1 B1 R93 22 G4 I1 R159 17 F1 J3
C34 19 B4 F5 C107 24 E1 L2 CR5 24 F4 I3 R12 24 G2 B2 R94 22 G3 I1 R160 17 F1 J3
C35 19 B4 F5 C108 20 E3 M2 CR6 24 D1 N5 R13 24 G2 B2 R95 22 G3 I1 R161 17 F1 K3
C36 19 C4 F5 C111 16 G2 L4 CR7 24 F4 J3 R14 24 E2 B1 R96 22 G3 I1 R162 17 F1 K3
C38 19 B5 F6 C112 17 E5 L6 CR8 18 F1 K1 R15 24 E2 B2 R97 22 G5 I1 R163 17 G1 J3
C40 20 B5 G3 C113 20 E3 M2 CR9 24 D2 O6 R16 24 F2 B2 R99 20 A4 I2 R164 17 G1 K3
C41 22 F5 G2 C117 16 F2 M4 DS1 19 A2 G6 R17 24 F2 B2 R100 17 B1 I5 R165 18 F1 K1
C44 22 F5 G1 C118 16 F2 M4 DS2 24 H1 R18 24 E2 B1 R101 17 B1 I5 R166 18 F2 K1
C46 22 B5 G6 C119 17 E5 M4 DS3 24 H1 R19 24 A5 B2 R102 18 D4 I5 R167 18 F2 K1
C48 22 F3 H2 C120 17 E3 M5 DS4 24 H2 R21 19 F3 B3 R103 21 F4 I6 R168 17 G2 K3
C49 22 E3 H1 C121 17 E3 M6 DS5 24 H2 R23 22 B5 C5 R104 21 F5 I6 R169 17 F2 K4
C51 20 C4 H4 C122 17 E4 M6 J1 24 H3 A1 R24 19 B4 C4 R105 21 F3 I6 R170 18 G1 K1
C52 20 C4 I4 C123 16 C3 M3 J2 23 F2 B1 R25 22 B5 C5 R106 21 F3 I6 R171 18 G2 K1
C53 21 E4 H5 C124 16 C2 M3 J3 24 H5 B2 R26 22 B5 C5 R107 22 G3 I1 R172 18 G2 K1
C54 21 E4 H5 C125 16 E2 M4 J5 23 G2 E1 R27 22 B5 C5 R108 22 G1 I2 R173 18 G3 K2
C55 18 B1 I1 C127 17 F5 M6 J6 24 H3 H1 R28 22 A4 D5 R109 20 C2 I5 R175 17 G1 K3
C56 18 B2 I2 C128 17 C1 M5 J7 17 H2 J4 R29 19 A1 C6 R110 18 F5 L3 R176 17 G1 K3
C57 20 H1 I2 C129 16 E2 M3 J8 18 H2 J1 R30 19 B2 D6 R111 18 G5 L3 R177 17 G1 K3
C58 20 E2 I5 C130 16 E2 M3 J9 20 H2 K6 R31 19 B3 D6 R112 18 D5 I5 R178 17 G1 K3
C59 22 G3 I1 C131 16 E2 N3 J10 18 H2 L1 R32 19 C4 D6 R113 18 G5 M3 R179 17 G1 K3
C60 22 G1 I2 C132 16 D2 M4 J11 17 H2 L4 R33 19 C4 D6 R114 21 F5 I6 R180 17 G2 K4
C61 22 G4 I2 C136 24 D2 O6 J13 16 A2 M2 R34 19 C3 D6 R115 21 F4 I6 R181 17 G1 K4
C62 20 H1 I3 C139 24 D2 O5 J14 23 B2 P3 R35 19 A3 E6 R116 21 F3 I6 R182 17 G3 K4
C63 20 F5 I3 C140 16 C3 N2 J17 19 A4 D6 R36 19 A2 E6 R117 21 F3 I6 R183 17 G3 K4
C64 18 D5 I5 C141 16 C3 N2 L1 17 G2 J4 R37 19 E5 E6 R118 24 F3 I2 R184 18 G1 L1
C65 21 F4 I6 C142 16 D3 N3 L2 17 G2 L4 R38 19 E5 E6 R119 24 G4 J2 R185 18 G2 K1
C66 22 G2 J1 C143 16 C3 N3 L5 16 D2 N4 R39 19 A2 F6 R120 21 G5 I6 R186 18 F3 K2
C67 20 F5 J3 C144 16 D2 O3 L6 16 D2 O4 R40 19 C5 F3 R121 21 G3 I6 R188 18 G4 L2
C68 21 H4 J6 C150 17 F5 O3 L9 17 C3 M5 R41 19 C5 F3 R122 18 G1 J1 R189 17 G1 K3
C69 21 F5 J6 C157 17 E5 O2 L10 18 G5 L2 R42 19 B1 F4 R123 22 G2 J1 R190 17 G1 K3
C70 21 H3 J6 C162 22 F2 O1 L11 20 A5 G3 R43 23 H3 F5 R124 18 F1 J1
C71 20 F5 J3 C163 22 F2 O1 LS1 19 A1 B5 R44 19 A1 F6 R125 24 F3 J2
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 9–55
Table 1–11: A3 Main Board (front) component locator (cont.)
CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD
NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION
R191 17 G1 K3 R272 17 C1 M5 R364 18 F3 K2 U1D 24 E2 B2 U34 20 B1 I3 U62A 18 C1 L1
R192 17 G2 L3 R273 17 D1 M5 R365 18 G3 K2 U2 19 E4 B2 U35 22 F3 H1 U62B 18 C2 L1
R193 17 G2 L3 R274 17 C1 M6 R366 18 F3 L3 U3 24 C4 C4 U36 21 D2 H4 U63A 18 D1 L2
R194 17 G1 K3 R275 16 C3 N3 R367 18 F3 L3 U4 24 C3 C5 U37 21 E3 H5 U63B 18 C1 L2
R195 17 G3 K4 R276 16 E2 M3 R376 21 G3 K6 U5A 24 G5 C2 U38 22 B1 H6 U63C 18 C2 L2
R196 17 H3 K5 R282 16 B3 N3 R377 21 D4 J6 U6 19 D4 C4 U39A 18 B1 I2 U63D 18 D2 L2
R197 17 H3 K5 R283 16 C4 N3 R380 17 E3 K5 U7 19 A4 C4 U39B 18 B2 I2 U64A 17 F1 L3
R198 17 H3 K5 R284 24 D2 O6 R382 17 F4 K5 U8 19 D3 D4 U39C 22 G5 I2 U64B 17 F2 L3
R200 18 G1 L1 R285 16 B3 N3 R383 18 C2 M1 U9 22 B4 C5 U39D 22 G1 I2 U65 16 G2 L4
R201 18 C1 L1 R286 16 C3 N3 R384 18 B2 M1 U10 19 H1 D2 U40 20 E1 I4 U66A 17 C3 L4
R202 18 C2 L1 R287 16 B3 N3 R392 18 G5 M3 U11 19 G1 D3 U41A 22 H3 I1 U66B 17 C4 L4
R203 18 G4 L1 R289 24 D2 O6 R393 18 G5 M3 U12 19 D3 D4 U41B 22 G5 I1 U66C 17 C4 L4
R204 18 G4 L2 R290 24 D2 O6 R394 18 G5 L2 U13 19 D1 D4 U41C 22 H5 I1 U66D 17 C3 L4
R205 17 F2 L3 R293 16 D3 N3 R406 17 D3 M5 U14 19 F1 D2 U42 20 F1 I2 U67 17 D3 M5
R206 17 G3 K4 R294 16 C2 N3 R407 17 D2 M5 U15 19 E1 E4 U43 20 F2 I3 U68 20 E3 L2
R210 17 H3 L5 R302 16 D2 O3 R408 16 A3 O2 U16 19 H2 E2 U44 20 F3 I3 U70A 16 C4 L1
R211 17 C4 L5 R310 23 C4 O3 R410 19 H5 G6 U17 19 G3 E3 U45A 22 G3 I1 U70B 18 D3 L1
R212 17 C4 L5 R311 17 B4 O4 R411 19 H5 G6 U18 19 B1 F5 U45B 22 G2 I1 U70C 18 D3 L1
R213 17 D4 L5 R312 17 B4 O5 R412 19 C4 F6 U19 19 E2 E4 U46A 22 G4 J1 U70D 16 C5 L1
R216 17 D4 L5 R321 18 B4 O3 R413 19 H5 F5 U21 19 E3 F2 U46B 22 H3 J1 U72A 16 G2 M4
R217 17 D4 L6 R322 23 C4 O3 R414 20 C3 G3 U22A 19 C5 F3 U46C 22 G3 J1 U72B 16 F2 M4
R218 18 D2 L1 R323 18 B4 O4 R415 22 H2 J1 U22B 19 D2 F3 U47A 17 B1 J5 U77 22 C3 M3
R219 18 D2 L1 R324 18 B4 O4 R416 17 C2 J4 U22C 19 C5 F3 U47B 18 D5 J5 U78 24 D2 O6
R221 18 D4 L2 R325 23 C4 O4 R417 17 C2 J4 U22D 19 C5 F3 U47C 17 E5 J5 U79 16 C2 N2
R224 17 F2 L3 R326 18 B4 O4 R418 24 G5 C2 U23 19 G5 F5 U47D 18 D5 J5 U84A 17 B3 O4
R225 16 G2 L4 R327 17 A3 O4 R419 24 G5 C2 U24 22 A1 F6 U48A 21 F4 J6 U84B 18 B4 O4
R226 17 D4 L5 R328 17 B2 O4 R420 24 G5 C2 U25A 22 E4 F2 U48B 21 F3 J6 U85 22 E2 O1
R227 17 D4 L5 R329 17 B3 O4 R421 24 G5 C2 U25B 22 C4 F2 U48C 21 H3 J6 U86 22 F1 O1
R228 17 D4 L6 R330 17 B4 P3 R423 22 E4 H2 U25C 22 E4 F2 U48D 21 H5 J6 U87A 22 E1 O2
R229 17 D4 L6 R331 17 B5 O4 R425 22 E5 G2 U25D 22 E4 F2 U49A 24 E3 J2 U87B 22 E1 O2
R230 18 B2 L1 R332 17 B5 O5 R427 22 E2 O1 U26A 20 A5 F2 U49B 24 E4 J2 U87C 22 E1 O2
R231 18 C1 L1 R333 17 B5 P5 R428 22 G3 I1 U26B 20 A5 F2 U49C 24 E4 J2 U87D 23 E3 O2
R234 20 E3 L2 R336 22 F2 P2 R469 19 F4 C2 U26C 20 C5 F2 U49D 24 E5 J2 U88A 18 B5 O3
R235 20 E3 M2 R337 22 E1 P2 R470 19 F5 C3 U26D 20 B5 F2 U50A 22 H2 J2 U88B 17 B4 O3
R242 17 F2 L3 R338 22 F1 P2 R471 22 D4 O2 U27 21 B1 F4 U50B 22 G1 J2 U89 17 B5 P5
R244 17 F2 L3 R339 18 B5 P3 R473 22 C5 O2 U28A 19 G5 G5 U50C 22 H1 J2 U90 23 D3 O5
R245 17 F2 L4 R340 18 B5 P4 R474 18 A2 H2 U28B 19 F2 G5 U51 20 F3 I3 U91 23 D2 O6
R246 17 F2 L4 R341 18 B5 P3 R475 18 G4 K2 U28C 19 H3 G5 U52 20 F4 I3 U92 23 C1 P1
R247 16 H2 L4 R342 18 B4 P4 R477 18 G2 L1 U28D 19 H4 G5 U53 24 D1 N6 U93 20 A3 F4
R248 16 G2 L4 R343 18 B4 P4 R480 21 D4 F4 U28E 19 H4 G5 U54A 21 E5 J6 U94A 18 E2 K2
R249 16 G2 L4 R344 17 B3 P4 S1 22 A5 C6 U28F 19 D2 G5 U54B 21 D4 J6 U94B 22 H4 K2
R250 17 D3 L4 R345 17 A3 P4 TP1 19 E4 C2 U29A 19 A4 G6 U54C 21 G5 J6 U94C 18 E2 K2
R252 17 E4 L5 R346 17 A3 P4 TP2 19 A3 C4 U29B 19 A2 G6 U54D 21 G3 J6 U95 22 E3 H1
R253 17 E3 L6 R347 17 B5 P5 TP3 19 A3 C4 U29C 24 F3 G6 U55 17 F3 J5 U98 18 G5 M3
R254 16 C5 M2 R348 23 C4 P5 TP4 19 B1 D6 U29D 22 C3 G6 U56 18 F4 K2 U99A 17 D2 J5
R255 16 C5 M2 R352 23 D3 P6 TP5 19 A3 E6 U30A 22 E2 G2 U57A 17 E2 K2 U100 19 G2 D3
R258 16 C4 M2 R353 17 B4 O3 TP6 19 A3 E6 U30B 22 E2 G2 U57B 17 E2 K2 U101 19 G3 F4
R259 16 F2 M4 R354 17 B4 P3 TP7 21 G4 I6 U30C 22 C1 G2 U59A 18 C5 L2 U102 22 C4 O2
R260 16 F2 M4 R355 17 B4 P3 TP8 17 F3 L5 U30D 22 E3 G2 U59B 18 D3 L2 VR4 18 F2 J2
R261 16 D1 M4 R356 23 D1 P6 TP10 22 E2 P1 U31 22 F4 G1 U59C 18 B2 L2 Y1 19 C4 D6
R262 20 H2 K6 R357 18 G5 L3 U1A 24 F1 B2 U32 22 B2 H6 U59D 18 D4 L2
R268 16 E2 M4 R358 20 A3 G3 U1B 24 F2 B2 U33 22 E5 H2 U60 18 C3 L2
R271 17 C1 M5 R361 20 C3 P6 U1C 24 F2 B2
9–56 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Figure 1–10: A3 Main board (back) COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
A23 A2 R1234
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 9–57
9–58 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
17 7
18
6 C3
17
O 1
U79 R261
100
28 40
FLAT LPASS FILTER
29 39
J13 E5 G3 C131
4.5-20PF D3
1A
1 C3
18 20
DIFF STEP FILTER
LUM 17
1B 2 LTNG_Y 17 C130
G3 INT_VIDEO 22PF
3
2A +8V
2B 4 GBR_INT 24
INPUT MUX U72B
+8V
OPA2604 U72A
5 D3 L6 L5 R259 R260 OPA2604
3A 32-48UH 32-48UH 8 C111
R302 R268 6 1.82K 1.82K 7
6 U79 7 3 220PF U65 C103 B3
3B LTNG_X 18 475 100 LM6361
1 35 5 1 3 10UF
GND OUT
4A 7 2 6 DIFF_STEP
VIDEO_A 2 2 17
IN7 C117
8 B C144 C132 C129 C125 R276 100PF R249
4B NC 56PF
3 25 160PF 10PF 390PF 100K 4 475 R247
GND OFFSET
5A 9 4 1 8 2.74K
ATTNSYNC 4 26 NC
IN6 OFFSET C118 NC
10 -8V
5B -5.2V 100PF
5 R294 -8V
GND
11 15.0K
6A R 9 IN5 BRES 32 +8V
12 Pr
6B R248
10
GND C124 4.75K
13 R225
7A Y .1UF
11 100
IN4
7B 14 COMP 27
12 GND
15
8A G C141
13
J13 IN3 .1UF
16
CONNECTS 8B
14 GND BCOMP 37 -8V
TO J9 17
9A Pb 15
IN2 C140
18
15 9B 1UF
16
GND
10A 19 STRT 43
A7 B 20
COMPONENT Pb IN1
20
BOARD 10B +8V
21
GND NC
21 42
11A Pr 250
22 IN0
11B 22 -5.2V
23 R293
GND
23 R287 33 10.0
12A VCC +8V
11.0K
24 G 31 34
12B INPUT_SEL0 A0 VCC2
25 G3 R285 30 36 C142
13A A1 GND
11.0K .1UF
13B 26 INPUT_SEL1 29 A2 VEE 38 -8V
20
27 R282
14A
11.0K
28 Y
14B INPUT_SEL2 +8V
15A 29 R408
10.0
30 R286 R275 C143 C123
15B
18.2K 18.2K .1UF .1UF
16A 31 +11V
32 R -8V
16B
-8V -8V
33 D3
17A
R283
17B 34 PIX_STROBE 18.2K
20
35
18A -11V
36 ATTNSYNC -8V
18B
37
19A
38
19B
39 VIDEO_A
20A
20B
40 HORIZ REF MUX
+5V
+8V
1 1 +8V
U70A 3 2
DG444
ATTNSYNC 3 2
R258
3.92K E2
4 1 5
D4 -8V REF_VIDEO 20
R255
100
22 EXT/INT Q19
R254
U70D 100K
G3 DG444 -8V
EXT_REF 15 14
20
-8V
1
6
D4
22 INT/EXT
R101
33.2K SQUARE WAVE R142 R141 C90 R175 R189
.1UF
CALIBRATOR 332 332 332 332
+8V +8V
+8V
+5V U57B R143 R144 R192 R193
MC34002 332 332 332 332
5
1 U99A H+
6 MC14053 7 R224
6 R245 4.75K
G4 R417 12 1.00K
2.74K 14 L1 L2
13 6 G4 4.7UH 4.7UH TO CRT
22 C_OFFSET_V U64B VERT
R246 MC34002 R205 DEFL
1 18 J11
R416 C192 7 1 8 2.21K 5 5.62K BROWN PLATES
562 .1UF +8V 7
-8V H2
6 J7
BLUE
8 U57A 27
MC34002 R244 R242
H- 3 1.00K 1.50K R169 R180
G3 1 301 301
2
Q10 Q16
20 C_OFFSET_SEL
4
D1
-8V VERTICAL R168
100K
R328
20.0K
L9
R407 AMPLIFIER Y-ALIGN
16 .8-1.2UH R406
100K
FILTER MUX
332
+8V TP8 U55
FLAT
R380 8 GND IOUT+ 31
U67 100
U66D C184 1 35 11 30
R346 8 C183 GND OUT VIN+ IOUT- R197 R198
C3 DG444 47PF
20.0K R329 113PF 100 100
-Y_AUDIO 2 4.75K 2 IN7 9 VIN- -8V
1 Y_AUDIO 15 14
23 3 3 25 NC H5 12
+Y_AUDIO U84A GND OFFSET GND R183
29 R206 R195
R345 MC34002 1 NC C92 VOUT+ 200
R344 6 4 26 390 75.0
10.0K IN6 OFFSET 22 100PF
4 1.50K V_GAIN 7 GAIN
F2 5 R253 CRT FREQ
GND G4 GAIN RESP
R327 15.0K
10.0K -8V G3 9 32 2
16 LUM IN5 BRES +8V V_MAG_0 G0
R250 33 R182 C84 C91
B2 C100 20 VOUT-
/AUX3 100K 10 GND V_MAG_1 3 G1 200 100PF 7-50PF
20 .1UF
11 C189 37 NC
+8V 16 LTNG_Y IN4 22UF H3 LIMIT -8V
27 C98
+5V COMP C86 R196 R210
12 GND .01UF LFCOMP 36
+ 19 .1UF 100 100
AUX AUX C121 22 V_POS POS
13 6
U66A 1 1 IN3 .1UF COMP1 +8V
H2 DG444 2 3 C85
14 37 44
GND BCOMP -8V ROIN+ .1UF
DIFF_STEP 2 3 15 IN2 42 ROIN- COMP2 38 +8V
16 C120
16 1UF G4 40 C97
GND RO/WFM .1UF
5 1 4 43
G3 STRT
-8V R213 20 IN1 V_RO_SEL COMPB 26 -8V
20
75.0 R382
G3 21 +8V 100K
20 /AUX0 GND NC
42 13 22
250 AUXIN+ AUXOUT+
22
U66C 20 EYE_SIGNAL IN0
15 AUXIN- AUXOUT- 24
D1 DG444 23 R252
GND G2
R229 33 10.0 16 25
VCC +8V GND GND
10 11 11.0K
18 PIX_VSWEEP
31 34 17
FILTER_SEL0 A0 VCC2 22 CHROM_GAIN AUXGAIN
9 G4 R228 30 36 C122
G3 A1 GND
11.0K .1UF 5 18
VCC VEE
29 38
20 FILTER_SEL1 A2 VEE -8V
39 35
20 /AUX2 +8V VCC1 VEE1
R217
11.0K
FILTER_SEL2 -8V
R355 R330
20.0K 20.0K
-TIME_CODE R216
C2 R227 18.2K
18.2K
U66B
23
R311
DG444 U55
R354 6 4.75K -8V +8V
10.0K 7 7 6 C190 -8V 39 29
5 82PF R226 +8V 40 28
+TIME_CODE
U88B R211 18.2K
MC34002 R312 8 1.82K R150
1.50K 2.74K C76
R353 .1UF 1
/AUX1
10.0K -8V
G3 R212
H3 4.75K R131 6
1.50K 18
20 7 17
21
C164 R149 R132
.1UF 3.92K 1.50K R133
NI V_RO_SIG 9 1.50K
+5V V_RO_SIG
8
10
+8V +4.7V U47C
MC34004
U89 R347
LM311 1 8 5.62K FROM U47D
NI 3 PIN 12
7
TIME_CODE1
U67
2
B2 17 7 18
R333
100K 6 5 4 18 +8V +8V +8V
NI 6
19
-8V C112 C119 C157 C104 C127 C150
O 1 .1UF .1UF .1UF .1UF .1UF .1UF
R331
R332 100K -8V -8V -8V
100 NI 28 40
NI 29 39
20 FLD_RETR
U63B
HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION R138
10.0
8 DG444
6 7
R202 U94C
5 1 4 MC14053 1 U94A
HRETRACE 3.32K -8V 6 MC14053
5
D3 U63C 4 12
9 DG444 1 3
-8V 3 14
11 10 -8V 13 6
20 -8V
9 R166 R171 R477
1 182 182 562
7 1 8 J10 TO CRT
C105 GREEN HORIZ
2200PF -8V
DEFL
PLATES
U39B C93 C88
R474 MC34004 R230 U63D 6.8PF R152 H2
6.8PF
G2 390 R86 6 18.2K R218 DG444 0 OHM J8
100K 7 6 620 RED
5 7 14 15 27
22 LN_SWP_SPD C78 C94
5
U62B 0.7PF 0.7PF
U59C R219 1
R476 C56 R383 AD712 6
DG444 8.25K 3.32K
11.0K .1UF R384
825 R167 R172
11 10 100K 100K
-8V
D3 9 R153 R185
100K 100K
22 /3XFH_SWEEP
C79
U60 .1UF VR4
74HCT138
Q12 Q13
G3 1 15 -3.0V
H_SIG_SEL0 A Y0
2 14 Q11 Q14
20 H_SIG_SEL1 B Y1
3 13 R154
H_SIG_SEL2 C Y2
1.50K
Y3 12 R155 R173
U59B 332 332
11 B2
Y4 8 DG444
+5V 6 G1 Y5 10 LTNG_X 6 7
16 R365
R364
4 9 NC 221 R186 C95 221
G2A Y6
10.0 .1UF
5 7 NC
G2B Y7
U70C
9 DG444
-8V
10 11 C181
.01UF Q28
G4
20 X_HORZ_SEL
U70B R366
8 DG444 18.2K
7 6 HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIER
R367
H3 100K E2
U56
1 U59D WFM_H_POS
R220 6 DG444 8 31
22 GND IOUT+ H+ 17
562 -8V
14 15 11 VIN+ IOUT- 30
R187
2.00K R203
H1 9 R475 1.21K
VIN-
R221 C198 390
680PF C82 12
562 22 H_GAIN 680PF GND
VOUT+ 29
C83
100PF -8V
7
GAIN R204
R174
G2 R188 8.25K E2
3.32K
2 2.00K
R324 H_MAG_SEL0 G0
20.0K VOUT- 33 H-
20 3 17
+8V H_MAG_SEL1 G1
R342 37 OFFSCREEN +5V
C3 H4 LIMIT
20.0K R323 C178
6 4.75K 100PF 36 C81
-X_AUDIO LFCOMP +8V .1UF
7 R148 19
23 H5 22 H_POS POS R140
5 R129 2.74K 6
+X_AUDIO COMP1 +8V 5.62K D3
U84B 3.92K
R343 MC34002 R321 44 C89
10.0K 21 H_RO_SIG ROIN+ .1UF
1.50K G4 OFFSCREEN
42 38 20
R326 ROIN- COMP2 +8V
10.0K R130
+8V 1.50K R128 R156 20 40 C96
H_RO_SEL RO/WFM .1UF Q9
1.50K 562
COMPB 26 -8V
R102
27.4K 13 D2 13 22
+8V TO U47C AUXIN+ AUXOUT+
14
PIN 10 12 15 24 NC
16 INT_VIDEO AUXIN- AUXOUT-
+4.7V U47D
8 C64 MC34004 16 25
17 GND GND
R339 .1UF
B4 R340 2 1.00K R112 G4 17 AUXGAIN
12.1K 1 39.2K R111 R113
3 1.82K 3.32K
23 EXT_HORZ 22 PIX_CONTRAST
U88A 5 18
VCC VEE
MC34002
R341 4 +8V 39 VCC1 VEE1 35 -8V
8.25K R394
+8V C185 +8V 10.0K D3
-8V +5V 22PF
39 29 R110
40 28 7 8 L10 24
1 1 6.81K R393
U47B 2 301 15UH
2 3 U59A MC34004 PIX_BK_LVL
DG444 +8V 6
G4 PIX_INT
6 3
2 3 7 1 U98
5 U56 C80 22
R357
2.74K 4 1 AD810 C186 C187
.1UF R392 47PF 47PF
5 1 4 6 1.82K
18 -8V
7 17 -8V
-8V
BA[0..23]
+5V 20 21 23 BA[0..23] 20 21 23
TP4 +5V
BD[0..15]
BD[0..15]
/BGACK
/BGACK
PART OF A3 MAIN BOARD
FD15 11
A8-I/O
I/O 37 OUT_1 16 SEPARATOR +5V
R262
100
4
2A
A9-I/O D2 INT_VIDEO 2B
38
FD14 I/O PIX_STROBE B3
10 5
A10-I/O PIX_STROBE U51 INPUT_SEL0 16 3A
I/O 39
FD12 8 R234 74HCT574 6
A11-I/O SPARE1 B2 FD8 INPUT_SEL1 16 B5 EXT_REF 3B
40 10.0 2 19
FD8 I/O SPARE1 U68 C106 D1 Q1
4 7
U93 A12-I/O SPARE2 LM1881 .1UF FD9 INPUT_SEL2 4A
41 3 18
6MHZ /L3 I/O SPARE2 19 C108 D2 Q2 NC
2 A13-I/O 5 BP V+ 8 8 4B
44 /LS_STROBE .1UF FD10 4 17 C2
+5V /L4 I/O FIELD_ID D3 Q3 C4
83 7 2 9
A14-I/O A/D_CLK MOD_VPULSE C4 INDEX VID IN FD11 5A
45 5 16
/L5 I/O REF_V_SYNC D4 Q4 C_OFFSET_SEL 17
81 3 6 10
A15-I/O FIELD_ID FIELD TIMING FD12 17 EYE_SIGNAL 5B
I/O 46 A/D_CLK 6 D5 Q5 15
24 REF_H_SYNC 1 4 11
SYNC GND C113 6A
R358 73 47 OFFSCREEN R414 .1UF FD13 7 14
B2 DOUT-I/O I/O 56.2 D6 Q6 /AUX0 B4
562 12
HRETRACE FD14 +5V 6B
34 48 8 13
HDC-I/O I/O OFFSCREEN G4 D7 Q7 /AUX1
R235 13 7A
17 36 49 MOD_VPULSE 18 C3 FD15 9 12 17
LDC-I/O I/O HRETRACE 681K D8 Q8 /AUX2
A4 B2 14 J9
R361 +5V 7B
42 50 CONNECTS
CAL_TIMING INIT-I/O I/O REMOTE_SYNC 23 /L3 /AUX3 TO J12
11 CLK +11V 15 8A
19 71 51 392 BLANK_CK
RDY/BSY-RCK-I/O I/O
1 16
TPU_FIELD BLANK_CK H5 23 OC 8B 2
54 52
/RESET RESET I/O
17
/LR_RETRAN B3 -11V 9A A5
I/O 59 H_SIG_SEL0
32 3XFH_TRIG 18 SERIAL
M0-RTRIG /LR_RESET U44 9B BOARD
I/O 63 H_SIG_SEL1
74HCT574 18 19
3XFH_TRIG FD8 10A
31 68 B2 2 19
M1-RDATA I/O D1 Q1 H_SIG_SEL2
R99 TPU_FIELD 20 10B
10.0K 69 H_CAL FD9 3 18 D3
I/O H_CAL 19 D2 Q2 ODD_FIELD
33 21
B2 +5V M2-I/O FLD_RETR FD10 11A
79 4 17
I/O D3 Q3 X_HORZ_SEL 18 FH 22
/BLANK C1 FD11 11B
DONE/PROG1 55 DONE-PG I/O 80 5 D4 Q4 16
19 BLANK_CK 23
FD12 C3 12A
74 6 15
CCLK FLD_RETR 18 D5 Q5 ST_SAMPLE
12 24
PWRDN +5V FD13 12B
7 14
H5 R87 +5V D6 Q6 RO_START 21
13 TCLKIN-I/O VCC 22 25 13A
10.0K F4 FD14 8 13
D7 Q7 CHROM_GATE
57 64 26
19 B16MHZ XTL1-BCLKIN-I/O VCC FD15 C4 13B
9 12
/BLANK 24 D8 Q8 FILTER_SEL0 B2 /CH_A
43 C52 C51 27
GND 14A
.1UF 1UF FILTER_SEL1 17 /VEC_CS
C3 53 1 /L4 11 28
XTL2-I/O GND CLK 22 14B
FILTER_SEL2 /VEC_EN
1 29
21 RO_BLANK OC 15A
ODD_FIELD 30
E4 15B
31
U52 G4 MISO 16A
+5V 74HCT574 H_RO_SEL 18
C202 32
FD8 19 H4 BMOSI 16B
.1UF 2 D1 Q1 19
C199 +5V 33
.1UF FD9 E3 H4 BSCK 17A
3 18
D2 Q2 V_RO_SEL
34
FD10 17B
R67 4 17
D3 Q3 V_MAG_0 17
R57 39.2
U26A 2 475 FD11 5 16
MC10H102 2 0 U26D D4 Q4 V_MAG_1
L11
5 3.3UH MC10H102 FD12 6 15 /LS_STROBE
D5 Q5
3 17 19
7 FD13 7 14
C40 D6 Q6
15 12
1 150PF Q5 Q4 FD14 8 13 /CH_A
0 D7 Q7
FD15 9 12
D8 Q8 F3
/L5 11
5.5MHZ-TTL CLK /LS_STROBE 24
C200 R378 R62
.1UF 475 681 1 OC
+5V
R65 F3
182
C201 R63 +5V +5V +5V
X_BLNK_EN 24
R66 100PF 475
475 8
4 U26C C63 C67 C71
9 MC10H102 .1UF .1UF .1UF
13
U26B R379 18
R68 MC10H102 475 14
2.74K
R70
1.00K
/START
G4 R115
-8V 2.74K
22 RO_V_CAL
C68
+8V C65 330PF
.1UF
H SHAPE
G4 U54B
R377 R103 4
SMP04 U54C U48D
100K 2.74K
5 1 2 SMP04 R478 MC34004 C4
22 RO_H_CAL
1 11 15 13
7 3 14
R134 H_RO_SIG 18
C182 U48A 9 4.75K 12
.1UF G4 R104 MC34004 5K
1
6.81K 1
22 RO_H_OFFSET
+8V C77 C69
.1UF -8V .1UF
R120
4.75K
U54A 1
SMP04 6
3 2 NC R114
1.50K
6
1
8 3
C87
R376 1UF
221
-8V See parts list for earlier values and serial number ranges.
PART OF A3 MAIN BOARD
-11 12
J14
/R_SYNC_EN
14
CONNECTORS
5 2A 3 15
9
4 4
2B
8
3 5 TX
RS232 7
2
3A
6 H1 E1
3B
6
1 7 RX BA[0..23] BD[0..15]
4A
8
REMOTE 19 BA[0..23]
J2 J5
BD[0..15] 19
4B
1 1A 1A 1
9 D4 U91
5A 74HC165 BA23 BD0
2 2
-TIME_CODE A4 1B 1B
10 10
5B -TIME_CODE 22 SER_LINK SER BA22 BD1
3 2A 2A 3
11 /STORE
6A 17 /PRESET_6 BA21 BD2
11 9 4 4
REAR 6B
12 +TIME_CODE
+TIME_CODE /PRESET_5 12
A QH
7 NC BA20 5
2B 2B
5 BD3
PANEL 7A 13 /PRESET_8
/PRESET_4 13
B QH
6
3A 3A
6
-X_AUDIO 14 A4 C 3B 3B
14
7B -X_AUDIO /PRESET_3 BA19 BD4
14 7 7
/PRESET_7 D 4A 4A
15
8A 18 /PRESET_2 BA18 BD5
3 E 8 4B 4B 8
13 16 +X_AUDIO 16
8B +X_AUDIO /PRESET_1 BA17 BD6
25 4 9 9
/PRESET_6 H4 F 5A 5A
12 17
9A -2 BA16 BD7
24 5 10 10
-Y_AUDIO 18 A3 G 5B 5B
11 9B 18 -Y_AUDIO BSCK R352
23 19 6 11 11
/PRESET_5 +5V H 6A 6A
10 19
10A 17 10.0K BA15 BD8
22 12 12
+Y_AUDIO 20 BSCK 6B 6B
9 20 2
10B +Y_AUDIO D2 CLK BA14 BD9
21 13 7A 7A 13
8 21 /PRESET_4 /REMOTE_CS 15
11A /REMOTE_CS CLKINH BA13 BD10
20 14 14
REMOTE 7
19
11B
22 22
/REMOTE_LD
/REMOTE_LD 1
SH/LD BA12 15
7B 7B
15 BD11
/PRESET_3 8A 8A
6 12A 23
18 16 8B 8B 16
5 24 /R_SYNC_EN E3
12B BA11 BD12 +5V +5V
17 17 17
/PRESET_2 9A 9A
4 13A 25 REMOTE_SYNC
16 20 U90 BA10 18 J2 J5 18 BD13
REMOTE_SYNC 74HC165 9B CONNECTS CONNECTS 9B
3 26
13B BA9 TO J13 TO J12 BD14 R43 R51
15 10 19 19
/PRESET_1 F3 SER U87D G4 10A 10A 10.0K 10.0K
2 27
14A 74HCT125 BA8 BD15 D3
14 20 10B 10B 20
1 28 EXT_BLNK -11 11 9 12 11 12 12
14B EXT_BLNK 24 A QH MISO 19 DSACK0
21 11A 11A 21
29 /OUTPUT_2 -12 12 7 NC 19
15A B QH A7 A7 DSACK1
+5V 1 BA7 22 COMPONENT COMPONENT 22
/STAIR_EN -13 3 11B 11B
15B 30 13 C BOARD BOARD
BA6 23 23
/OUTPUT_1 /R_SYNC_EN 12A 12A G4
31 14
16A D BA5
R322 24 24
/STAIR_EN 12B 12B /UDS
32 4.75K 3
16B E BA4 19
25 13A 13A 25 /LDS
33 A5 /OUTPUT_2 /STORE 4 F4
17A D3 F
R325 26 26
/PRESET_8 13B 13B
34 4.75K 5
17B EXT_HORZ 18 G BA3 /OPT_BLANK 24
Q25 27 27
OUT_2 22 /PRESET_7 14A 14A
6 H BA2 28 28
14B 14B /BAS H5
BSCK 2 BA1 29 29
CLK 15A 15A BR/W H5
/REMOTE_CS 15 BA0 30 30
CLKINH 15B 15B /BR B4
+5V /REMOTE_LD 1 31 31
SH/LD 16A 16A /BG B5
32 32
+5V 16B 16B 19
REMOTE PORT R348
4.75K /REMOTE_CS /REMOTE_CS
33 17A 17A 33 B16MHZ H5
MISO 34 34
25 13 /OUTPUT_1 17B 17B /RESET A4
R310 C2 BSCK BSCK 35 35
18A 18A /BGACK B5
- TIME CODE 4.75K
/STORE H4 36 36
+ TIME CODE Q26 OUT_1 20 18B 18B IRQ2 A2
/PRESET_8 37 37
+5V +5V 19 BMOSI 19A 19A IRQ5 A2
-X_AUDIO
/PRESET_7 38 38
+X_AUDIO 19B 19B
/PRESET_6 C173 C174 B2 39 39
-Y_AUDIO 20A 20A
.1UF .1UF /OPT_CS BLANK_CK D3
/PRESET_5 40 40
+Y_AUDIO 22 20B 20B 20
/OPT_EN D2
/PRESET_4
GND
/PRESET_3 F3
/REMOTE_SYNC_ENABLE
/PRESET_2
REMOTE_SYNC 19 /P_OPT_CS
/PRESET_1 /C_RST F3 19
/EXT BLANKING INPUT
/OUTPUT_2
/STAIR-EXT HORZ EN
/OUTPUT_1
GND
GND
STAIRCASE
& HORZ IN
14
1
WFM 601A/E/M SERIAL COMPONENT MONITOR REMOTE & DIGITAL BUS CONNECTORS 23
–8V SUPPLY
2 1 +11V
CR6
C74 C75
.1UF 10UF
3 R1 R2 R3 R4
-11V -8V 39.2 39.2 39.2 39.2
U53
7908ACT
GRATICULE SKT4 DS2
1
R145 LIGHTS C3
10UF 2
100
-11V
R146 +5V
100
G5 +11V
C107 SKT3 DS3
R147 .1UF 1
22 2
100 4 U1A
MC34004 R11
3 3.32K
GRAT_LITES
1
Q2 FRONT
2
PANEL
+8V SUPPLY C5
1
R12 GRATICULE
SKT2 DS4
.1UF 1 1.00K
1
LIGHTS
R290 -11V
100 2
-11V
C4 U1D R14 -11V
R289 .1UF MC34004 10.0K
100 13
14 R16
12 22.1K
R284 SKT1 DS5
100 1
R15 U1B 2
100K U1C MC34004
R17 R13
MC34004 5
22.1K 3.32K
U78 9 7
7808ACT 8 6 Q1
R18 10
BEZEL CONTROLS +11V
3
+8V
22.1K R5
1.00K
C136 C139 -11V
.1UF CR9 10UF
HORIZ1
-11V
VREF 1 2
R6
1 2 4 10K
8 7
HORIZ POS 9 10
H2
3 5 6
J6
HORIZ2 22 1
R73 -5.2V 1
10.0K
VERTICAL1 U4 G4 B2 2
TLC540 FOCUS 2
VREF BMOSI 17 16 MISO ZAXIS 3
R10 DIN DOUT MISO 19 16 GBR_INT 3 J6
1 2 4 10K POWER_ON 4 CONNECTS
HORIZ1 4 TO J4
8 7 1
VERT POS 9 10 HORIZ2 2
AN0 BLANKING LOGIC G5 R125 CR3
+100V
5
5
AN1 15.0K 26
/LS_STROBE 3 +40V 6 6
3 5 6 VERTICAL1 3 20 2
AN2 NC A1
1 7
VERTICAL2 VERTICAL2 +11V 7 POWER
4
AN3 +8V SUPPLY
8
+5V +5V 8
5 AN4 +5V 9
C3 9
6
AN5
10
1 1 -11V 10
7 AN6 2 3 R118
H5 23 U29C
R71 10.0K
NC 8 392 74HCT125
AN7
2 3 9 8
18 PIX_INT EXT_BLNK B1 J1
9 CR4
AN8
U49A /FPAN_CS 1 1A
11 DG444 5 1 4 G5 1 1 +8V
AN9 G1 0 22
2 /FPAN_EN 2 1B
12 3
AN10 20 X_BLNK_EN MISO 3
20 PX_INT_SEL 2A J1
R126
A/D_CLK 19 -8V 33.2K BMOSI 4 CONNECTS
20 D3 A/D_CLK S CLK 2B TO J2
R76
BSCK 18 20.0K BSCK 5
I/O CLK D4 Q7 3A
+5V RO_INTENS0 POWER_ON 25
/ADCS1 15 CS 6 3B
22 C1 C8 C3 R75 20 /BLANK CR5
.1UF 10.0K A4 7 A2
4A FRONT
13 20 1
REF- VCC 21 RO_INTENS1 NC PANEL
2 R119 8
VREF H4 19 /RESET 4B
14 REF+ GND 10 R77 3 825
5.62K +5V 9 5A
CRTLEFT1
RO_INTENS2 23 /OPT_BLANK
10
VREF U49B 5B
R9 G5 DG444
10K R74
1 2 4 U3 562 D3 CR7
8 7 TLC540 7 6
CRT LEFT 9 10 19 H4 BMOSI
BMOSI 17
DIN DOUT
16 MISO 22 RO_INT
19 BOOT_BLNK
3
2
8 NC 1
3 5 6 CRTLEFT1 1 G1
AN0
CRTLEFT2 CRTLEFT2 2
AN1 20 RO_INT_SEL
CRTMID1 CRTMID1 3 AN2
TRACE
U49C
VREF
R8
CRTMID2 4
AN3
G5 DG444 ROTATION
1 2 4 10K CRTRIGHT1 5 10 11
AN4 22 VEC_INT +11V
8 7
CRT MIDDLE 9 10
CRTRIGHT2 6 AN5 +11V J3
9 R418
HORIZ1 7 G1 100 Q30 CONNECTS
3 5 6 AN6 TO P320
HORIZ2 8 G5 ON CRT
AN7 20 V_INT_SEL 8 U5A
CRTMID2
VERTICAL1 9 +/- 5V 3 MC34002 J3 H1
CRTRIGHT1 AN8 U49D 22 TRACE_ROT
1 2
VERTICAL2 11 G5 DG444 2 1
VREF AN9 27
R7 R419
NC 12 15 14 100 Q31
1 2 4 10K AN10 22 WFM_INT
4
8 7
CRT RIGHT 9 10
A/D_CLK 19 S CLK G1
1
6
-11V
+5V BSCK 18
3 5 6 19 H4 BSCK I/O CLK
20 W_INT_SEL R421 -11V
/ADCS2 15 +5V 6.81K
CRTRIGHT2 CS C7
R19 .1UF
10.0 22 C1 /ADCS2
13 20
C2 REF- VCC
R420
.1UF VREF VREF 14 10 +11V 4.75K
REF+ GND
C1 C193 C194
10UF .1UF .1UF
-11V
S1 25 B2 A4 S11 25 B3 A4 S22 25 B1 A2
S2 25 B2 A3 S12 25 B1 B1 S23 25 B1 A2
S3 25 B2 C5 S13 25 B1 B2 S24 25 B1 A3
S4 25 B2 C3 S14 25 B1 B2 S25 25 C2 B3
S5 25 B1 A1 S15 25 B2 B3 S26 25 C2 A4
S6 25 B1 C1 S16 25 B2 B4 S27 25 B5 A5
S7 25 B1 C3 S18 25 C1 B1 S28 25 B2 B4
A2 (Front) A2 (Back) S8 25 B2 A2 S19 25 C1 B2 S30 25 B2 C3
S9 25 B2 C2 S20 25 C1 B2
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE S10 25 B2 A4 S21 25 C2 B5
A23 A2 R1234
9–76 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
+5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V
1 4
0 QE
R43
10.0K S3 S4 S28 S26 /LED_CS 12 5
PB5 MISO RCLK QF
+5V 8 9
/LED_EN 13 6
U1C G QG
74HCT125 7
CONFIG BEZEL3 QH
R45 11 9
A QH
10.0K S11
PB7 12 7 NC DS1 DS4 DS3
+5V B QH U2 DS2 DS5 DS6
13 74HC595
PB8 C ALARM (UNUSED) EXT EDH DET CRT GAIN
14 15
SER QA (RED LED)
14 D
PB9 1
QB
3
PB10 E BSCK 11 2
SCLK QC
4
PB11 F
+5V 10 SCLR QD 3
5 G
4
QE
6
+5V +5V +5V +5V H /LED_CS 12 RCLK QF 5
BSCK 2 /LED_EN 13 6
CLK G QG
R37 R35 R34 R36 /ID_CS 15 7
CLKINH QH
1.00K 1.00K 1.00K 1.00K
U7 /PB_ID_LD 1
74HC595 SH/LD +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V
QH' 9
BMOSI 14 15 /ID_CS
SER QA
1 /PB_ID_LD R12
QB R10 R11 R13 R14 R15 R16 R17
68.1 68.1 68.1 68.1 68.1 68.1 68.1 68.1
BSCK 11 2 /PB_CS
SCLK QC 4
10 3 /LED_CS
+5V SCLR QD MISO 6 5
4 CR1
QE PB8
3 2 U1B DS11 DS16
/FPAN_CS 12 5 U3 DS9 DS10 DS12 DS13 DS14 DS15
RCLK QF 74HCT125
CR2 74HC595
/FPAN_EN 13 6 3 2 PB9 14 15 PICTURE (UNUSED) MAG (UNUSED) CH 2 SERIAL A SERIAL B (UNUSED)
G QG SER QA
7 CR3 1
QH PB10 QB
3 2
BSCK 11 2
CR4 SCLK QC
QH' 9
3 2 PB11 10 3
1 +5V SCLR QD
4
MISO QE
3 2
/LED_CS 12 5
U1A RCLK QF
74HCT125 /LED_EN 13 6
G QG
7
QH
J2 +5V
1 /FPAN_CS R48 R49 R50 R51 R52
1 68.1 68.1 68.1 68.1 68.1
2 /FPAN_EN U10A
2 4 74HC74
3 MISO
J2 3 POWER P NC
2 R 5
CONNECTS BMOSI +5V D Q
4
TO J1 4 ON/STANDBY /LED_CS /LED_EN U9 DS34 DS35 DS36 DS37 DS38
3 6
BSCK CK C Q 74HC595
5 5
S27 L 14 15 CURSOR FILTER (UNUSED) LINE FIELD
24 POWER_ON SER QA
6
6
1 1
A3 /RESET /RESET QB
7
MAIN 7 BSCK 11 SCLK QC 2
BOARD 8 NC VCC
8 +5V 10 3
+5V +5V SCLR QD
9
9 +5V
4
1 U10B QE
10 10 0 74HC74 /LED_CS 12 5 NC
R47 RCLK QF
75.0 12 P 9 NC /LED_EN 13 6 NC
+5V D R Q G QG
11 8 NC 7 NC
POWER CK C Q QH
L
ON DS33 U1D 1 9
1 3 QH'
3 74HCT125
MISO 11 12
+5V
A2 FRONT PANEL BOARD
A23 A2 R1234
9–78 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Table 1–15: A1 Power Supply board component locator
CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD CIRCUIT SCHEM SCHEM BOARD
NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION NUMBER NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 9–79
9–80 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
MOUNTING CR16
CAUTION: ALL CIRCUITRY TO THE
LEFT OF THE ISOLATION
CR17
CR18
OUTPUT FILTERS
LINE RECTIFIER BOUNDARY IS AT POWER LINE
POTENTIAL AND REQUIRES
H CR16
L4
47UH
AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER
TO SERVICE. +11V
C126 C127
REAR .0022UF .0022UF R164
PANEL C31 C34
1000UF 100UF 4.7
MOUNTING C A
+11A
R123 R117
F1 5 CR32 CR33 121K ISOLATION W2
J10 2A BOUNDARY 0 OHM
BROWN 90-250V C66 C74 NORMALLY H CR18 C41
1000UF L5
C37
100UF
-11A
.022UF .022UF INSTALLED 47UH
R165 P7 -11V
R118 475 T1
C75 C100 121K 7 14
CHASSIS C71 J7 W4
GND .068UF .068UF 330UF 0 OHM
T8 1 2
-11V RAW
J12 6 15
BLUE 5 L6
C52 CR19 47UH
DS7 1UF 16 +40V
4 12
CR34 CR35 R166 3 R69
C33 C32
475 100UF 100UF 4.7
SNUBBER 2
13
10 H CR17
L3 TP4
+40VA
4.7UH
+5V
11
R88 CR25 CR23 1
1.2K C36 C102 C29 C35 W1
C101 1000UF 1000UF 1000UF 330UF 0 OHM
.001UF +5D
LINE SIDE COMMON +RECTIFIED LINE
R52
TP3 R163 1.00K
1.2K R127 +5VA
R119 R121 100
150K 150K C59 C51
1UF C21 OVERVOLTAGE
R120 R122
330PF R153
10.0K –5.2V BUCK 10UF
PROTECTION
100K 100K
R137 C120 +5V +5V
100K NORMALLY CR45 680PF C122
+6VC INSTALLED 100PF +5V +5V
R162 A
P6 511 +5V
C104 5.6V L7 C124 Q11
10UF J6 R157 U11B
Q16 4.7UH CR22 5600PF R142 R143 VR1 R63
51.1K TL072
VR3 +16V 1 2 4.99K 6 4.75K 5.6V** 10.0
+16VPRI R147 +5V G
7
392 5 Q21 K
C62 +5V
330UF
6VC_PRESENT NORMALLY +6V R150 8 R148 R141 TP5
10.0K 3 4.99K 6.04K L9 R161 Q11
Q19 1 47UH 47.5 R62
R140 C110 2 100
U11A -5.2V
100K 10UF
R156 TL072 4 R149
TP2 C113 C114
33.2K 5.23K
1000UF 100UF KAG
R154 -11V RAW
10.0K
L10
C53
470PF
CONTROLLER 100UH +5V
C123 C115
+5VPRI +16VPRI
SWITCHER .1UF U10
UC3843
.1UF CR44
R64
Q20
1 8 10.0
OVERLOAD R94 U6
UC3844
C64
.1UF
CR26
2
COMP REF
7 R145
TIME–OUT 40.2K
1
COMP REF
8 C63
.1UF 3
VFB VCC
6
49.9 Q18
+5V
2.5V 2 VFB VCC 7 R93 H ISEN OUT
22.1 Q14 4 5
100KHZ RT/CT GND DS6
3 6 C116 C117
ISEN OUT
R146 .1UF .1UF
4 5 C119 1.00K
+5VPRI RT/CT GND CR24 2200PF
R97
R98 10.0K -11V RAW
3.74K R151
750 R155 R144
C60 R152 C118
2200PF 1.00K 22.1 .001UF .51
+5VPRI +5VPRI
C107 +5VPRI
.1UF C121 C125
R114 R91 -11V RAW .1UF 100UF
33.2K C65 1.00K
.1UF IF V > 1V = SHUTDOWN NOT INSTALLED
7 8 5 ISOLATION
CR38
6
2 LESS THAN 2.5V = OVERLOAD
C55 R90
BOUNDARY ERROR AMPLIFIER +5V
+11V
R92
3 R100 680PF 1.00M .51 NOTE:
U9 301K R136 R72
+2 VOLTS 100K TO TEST OVERVOLT
TLC271 4 1 1.00M +5V PROTECTION,TOUCH
R73
R110 50K R74 AND R78 TOGETHER R70
22.1K WITH SCREWDRIVER TIP. 3
R87 +5V J9
10.0K U4 C108 +5V ADJ 1
MOC1005 C109 R135
.022UF .1UF 64.9K 2
+5VPRI 5 1 +5V C40
7 8 5 100UF
R79
1.00K 2 +5V R78
ERROR VOLTAGE 4 2 6 R74 110K** J5
3 2.5V 64.9K 1
U8 2
R86 TLC271 4 1 R134
6
4.32K
MAG LATCH NC
1.21K
(MEMORY) +6VC
ISOLATION
BOUNDARY 3
C
+6VC 1 R J4
U7
CR42
POWER SWITCH OSCILLATOR C A R
431C -5.2V 1 1
2 2
A B4 FOCUS 2
R138
+6VC 27 3
1.82K R160 D5 ZAXIS 3
10.0 J4
C111 CR40 T2 POWER_ON/OFF_MOMENTARY 4 CONNECTS
CR41 4
220UF TO J6
5
+100V 5
R82 C54 C45 J3 26
C49 +6VC 22.1K .1UF .1UF 2 6
1 1 1 1 .047UF +40V 6
R159 9 1 3 5 6 1
100K 7 A3
+11V 7 MAIN
K1 Q12
TEST JUMPER 8 BOARD
+5V 8
C112 Q15 9
220UF 9
Q13
R139 C44 10
SECONDARY GROUND -11V 10
Q17 5.11K .0047UF
R81
R158 100K ISOLATION TP1
100K C47 BOUNDARY
R132 .047UF
CR39
8 6 4 2 1 100K
hi=off
R124 R84
22.1K 2.74K
+5VPRI
**Refer to the Electrical Parts List for the values used on
previous versions of this circuit board. PART OF A1 POWER SUPPLY
C27 G
.22UF
R68
33.2K
R67
100K 1 CRT
+100V
R60
+11A C28 4.99K (g5)
.1UF +5VA R36 6
CR15 64.9K
R45
U2 +35V 10.0
741 1 7 R61
2 5.11K C20 R46 (x2)
+11A 6 .1UF CR11 22.1K 11
3 R38 C14
34.8K .1UF
5 4 (x1)
R56 R65 R66 CR10 C18 13
1.00K 1.21K 100K .1UF R32 C8
+11A CR8 CR9 470 .01UF
CR12 R53
CR13 100K +100V
CRT
R55 L1 R40 BIAS C13 (y2)
1.00M 100UH C22 3.01K 7
T3 .1UF
10UF 8 R37 (y1)
R50 47.5K 9
Q8 +40VA
22.1K
+5D R30
C26 C15
10UF 22M R47
R57 5 10UF 10.0
2.74K 13 R44
R54 20K (g4)
1.00K C24 4 WIRE 5 ASTIG
.01UF C16 R41 R34 C12 C19 COLOR
270PF 332K 470 .001UF CR6 ASTIG .1UF CODES
R58 CR14 3 7 -15V
1.00K (g3)
Q9 4 FOCUS
+5VA +40VA J2
DS1
H R49
CR5
R48 1 1
WHT/BLK/RED
17.4 10.0
Q10 Q7 6 1 2 WHT/BLUE (g2)
2 12 1st ANODE
R31 R35
R19 470 DS2 6.81K R51 3 WHT/GRN
CR7 VR4 VR5 3
-2750V 22K 10.0
R59 FIL1 4 WHT/GRAY (g1)
4 3
1.00K 9
2 C7
C6 R43
.01UF C17
.01UF 6.81K .1UF
C23
.1UF (k)
FIL2 DS4 J1 2 CATHODE
5VP-P 10 R20 R26 R33 1 BRN/RED
1
1K 47 47.5K
NC 2 2
C128
.1UF NC 3 1 14
3 (f) (f)
-2530 VOLTS 4 WHT/RED
CR47 4
C3 5 WHT/BRN
-15V 5
.001UF R42
200K R39 6 WHT/BLK
6
CR46 C129 10.0
.1UF 7 BRN
7
NULL
RIPPLE SKT1
1 1 1 1 1
-11A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4
R13 J2
+100V 1.5M (g5) 1 1
1W (g4) 2 2 HORIZONTAL
3 3 DEFLECTION H2
+100V (g2) 4 4 J3
R27 1 1 GREEN
C9 R9 2 2 RED 18
475
.1UF 2.5M J1 3 3
R28 R1 (g3) 1 1 4 4
C11 2.00K 2.2M 2 2 5 5
.001UF 1W C1 3 3 6 6 H2
CENTER 270PF (k) 4 4 7 7
+11A Q5 CR2 FOCUS (g1) 5 5 BRN
(f) 6 6 BLUE 17
R16
Z AXIS R23
100K
100 (f) 7 7
VERTICAL
R24 DEFLECTION
AMPLIFIER 2.00K
R2 A6 CRT SOCKET BOARD
~+3V DS5 1.5M
Q6 1W
C10
.1UF CR3
V1 TUBE SOCKET
R10
G4 R8 100K R6 CR1
Q4
R4 VISUAL AID
26 ZAXIS
100 4.02K FOCUS 1.5M
1W
Q3
R17 C5
AMPLIFIER
C4
56PF 4.32K .22UF +5D
R126 (g3) FOCUS ASTIG (g4)
4.32K
+5D
(g1) GRID 4 5 GEOM (g5)
R22 R14
121 C77 33.2K 3 6
.22UF R25 BOARD CAP
22.1 (k) Cathode 2 7 VERT PLATE (y2)
Q1
(f) Filament 1
R5
-11A 27.4K Q2
14 9
(f) Filament VERT PLATE (y1)
R21 13
CR4 15.0K 12 11
(x1) HORIZ PLATE
This section contains a list of the replaceable mechanical components for the
waveform monitors. Use this list to identify and order replacement parts.
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 10–1
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
Mfr. Code to Manufacturer The table titled Manufacturers Cross Index shows codes, names, and addresses of
Cross Index manufacturers or vendors of components listed in the parts list.
10–2 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
Mfr.
code Manufacturer Address City, state, zip code
05245 CORCOM INCORPORATED 1600 WINCHESTER ROAD LIBERTYVILLE, IL 60048
05791 LYN–TRON INC SOUTH 6001 THOMAS MALLEN RD SPOKANE, WA 99204
0D1M6 NMB TECHNOLOGIES INC 9730 INDEPENDENCE AVE CHATSWORTH, CA 91311
0KB01 STAUFFER SUPPLY CO 810 SE SHERMAN PORTLAND, OR 97214–4657
0KB05 NORTH STAR NAMEPLATE INC 5750 NE MOORE COURT HILLSBORO, OR 97124–6474
0KBZ5 Q & D PLASTICS INC 1812 – 16TH AVENUE FOREST GROVE, OR 97116–0487
PO BOX 487
18677 SCANBE CORP A ZERO CORP COMPANY EL MONTE, CA 91731
3445 FLETCHER AVE
20093 FRC–ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES CORP. 691 CENTRAL AVE MURRAY HILL, NJ 07974
22670 GM NAMEPLATE INCORPORATED 2040 15TH AVE WEST SEATTLE, WA 98119–2783
31918 ITT SWITCH PRODUCTS 8081 WALLACE RD EDEN PRAIRIE, MN 55344–8798
53387 3M COMPANY ELECTRONICS PRODUCTS DIV AUSTIN, TX 78769–2963
3M AUSTIN CENTER
54186 MICRO POWER SYSTEMS INC 3151 JAY ST SANTA CLARA, CA 95054
73743 FISCHER SPECIAL MFG CO 111 INDUSTRIAL RD COLD SPRINGS, KY 41076
PO BOX 76500
74594 COMPONENT RESOURCES INC BUSSMAN PARTS BEAVERTON, OR 97006
C/O CASEY LAKEY
14525 SW WALKER ROAD
80009 TEKTRONIX INC 14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR BEAVERTON, OR 97077–0001
PO BOX 500
80126 PACIFIC ELECTRICORD CO 747 WEST REDONDO BEACH GARDENA, CA 90247–4203
PO BOX 10
83309 ELECTRICAL SPECIALITY CO 287 WATTIS WAY SOUTH SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94080
85471 BOYD CORPORATION 13885 RAMONA AVE CHINO, CA 91710
85480 BRADY USA NAMEPLATE DIVISION HILLSBOROUGH, NC 27278
P O BOX 571
346 ELIZABETH BRADY RD
86928 SEASTROM MFG CO INC 456 SEASTROM STREET TWIN FALLS, ID 83301
8X345 NORTHWEST SPRING MFG CO 5858 SW WILLOW LANE LAKE OSWEGO, OR 97035
93907 CAMCAR DIV OF TEXTRON INC ATTN: ALICIA SANFORD ROCKFORD, IL 611045181
516 18TH AVE
9M860 ESAM INC PO BOX 376 GRANTS PASS, OR 97526
TK0588 UNIVERSAL PRECISION PRODUCT 1775 NW CORNELIUS PASS RD HILLSBORO, OR 97124
TK1163 POLYCAST INC 9898 SW TIGARD ST TIGARD, OR 97223
TK1547 MOORE ELECTRONICS INC 19500 SW 90TH CT TUALATIN, OR 97062
PO BOX 1030
TK1617 CRAFT FACTORY PLASTICS 17145 SW ALEXANDER ALOHA, OR 97007
TK1935 ACCRA–FAB INC 11007 NE 37TH CIRCLE VANCOUVER, WA 98682
TK2469 UNITREK CORPORATION 3000 LEWIS & CLARK HWY VANCOUVER, WA 98661
SUITE 2
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 10–3
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
Mfr.
code Manufacturer Address City, state, zip code
TK2558 PRISM SOFTWARE PRODUCTION, LLC 15530 WOODINVILLE – REDMOND RD WOODINVILLE, WA 98072
BLDG B, SUITE 100
TK2597 MERIX CORP 1521 POPLAR LANE FOREST GROVE, OR 97116
TK6159 RICHEY ELECTRONICS INC 3601 SW MURRY BLVD BEAVERTON, OR 97005
SUITE 60
10–4 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
Fig. &
index Tektronix part Serial no. Serial no. Mfr.
number number effective discont’d Qty Name & description code Mfr. part number
10–1–1 426–2456–01 1 FRAME SECT CAB:FRONT FRAME SECTION CABINET 80009 426–2456–01
–2 210–0847–00 1 WASHER,FLAT:0.164 ID X 0.5 OD X 0.01,NYLON 83309 ORDER BY DE-
SCRIPTION
–3 214–4528–00 B010360 1 SPRING,GROUND:STAINLESS STEEL WFM601A 8X345 214–4528–00
214–4528–00 B010202 1 SPRING,GROUND:STAINLESS STEEL WFM601E 8X345 214–4528–00
214–4528–00 B010638 1 SPRING,GROUND:STAINLESS STEEL WFM601M 8X345 214–4528–00
214–4528–01 B010361 1 SPRING,GROUND:STAINLESS STEEL WFM601A 8X345 214–4528–01
214–4528–01 B010203 1 SPRING,GROUND:STAINLESS STEEL WFM601E 8X345 214–4528–01
214–4528–01 B010639 1 SPRING,GROUND:STAINLESS STEEL WFM601M 8X345 214–4528–01
–4 210–0407–00 2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX:6–32 X 0.25,BRS CD PL 73743 3038–402
–5 671–3924–00 1 CKT BD SUBASSY:FRONT PANEL 80009 679–3924–00
–6 119–4381–00 1 KEYPAD ASSY:1740A 31918 900259
–7 361–1620–01 1 SPACER:FRONT PANEL SPACER,POLY,1740A 80009 361–1620–01
–8 333–4224–00 1 PANEL,FRONT:PANEL,FRONT, WFM601A 0KB05 333–4224–00
333–4239–00 1 PANEL,FRONT:PANEL,FRONT, WFM601E 0KB05 333–4239–00
333–4182–00 1 PANEL,FRONT:PANEL,FRONT, WFM601M 0KB05 333–4182–00
–9 211–0690–02 2 SCREW,MACHINE:6–32 X 0.875,PNH,SST,TORX & SLOT 93907 B20–70430
–10 333–4023–00 1 PANEL,FRONT:CRT,1740A/1750A TK1163 333–4023–00
–11 366–0649–01 5 KNOB:GY,0.127 ID X 0.392 OD X 0.5 H 80009 366–0649–00
–12 426–2455–00 1 FRAME,CRT:BEZEL TK1163 426–2455–00
–13 378–0258–00 1 FLTR,CONTRASTIN:GRAY,POLYCARBONATE 80009 378–0258–00
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 10–5
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
4
3
2
1
13
12
5
6
11 9 7
8
10
10–6 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
Fig. &
index Tektronix part Serial no. Serial no. Mfr.
number number effective discont’d Qty Name & description code Mfr. part number
10–2–1 174–3559–00 1 CA ASSY,SP:SHLD RIBBON,IDC,28 AWG,6.2+/–0.1 TK1547 174–3559–00
L,2X5,NON–PLZ,RCPT,SAME SIDE,
–2 671–3157–00 1 CKT BD SUBASSY:A8 DAC BD 80009 679–3157–00
–3 389–2223–00 1 CIRCUIT BOARD:SHIELD BOARD,WFM601M TK2597 810911001
–4 211–0721–00 10 SCREW,MACHINE:6–32 X 0.375,PNH,STL,CDPL,T–15 TORX 0KB01 ORDER BY DE-
DR SCRIPTION
–5 671–3612–00 1 CKT BD SUBASSY:A7 COMPONENT BD 80009 679–3612–00
–6 337–3838–00 1 SHEILD,ELEC:PLASTIC,COMPONENT 80009 337–3838–00
–7 337–3948–01 1 SHIELD,ELEC:COMPONENT SHIELD,WFM601 80009 337–3948–01
–8 351–0688–00 2 GUIDE,CKT BOARD:NYLON,12.0 L 18677 11633–5
–9 179–2997–01 1 WIRE HARNESS:DESCRETE,CRT ASSY 5,24AGW,5,26 9M860 179–2997–01
AGW,1 X 4, 0.1 CTR & 1 X 7, RCPT X 1 X 4 & 1 X 7,
–10 671–3637–00 1 CKT BD SUBASSY:A6 CRT SOCKET 80009 679–3637–00
–11 174–3511–01 1 CA ASSY,SP:DISCRETE,CPD,4,24 AWG, 8.0L,1X7,0.1CTR & 2, 80009 174–3511–01
24 AWG, 8.5L X STRAIN RELIEF PCB,
–12 344–0111–00 1 INSUL,SPREADER:DEFL LEADS,POLYPROPYLENE TK1617 NA
–13 407–4395–00 1 BRACKET,CRT:BACK,0.062,ALUM, SAFETY CONTROLLED 80009 407–4395–00
–14 348–1464–00 1 MANCHET:CRT,END RUBBER MANCHET,31.5MM THK X 80009 348–1464–00
63MM OD,50.5 ID,
–15 131–6014–00 1 CA ASSY,CRT:DISCRETE,ANODE LEAD,CRT,1,22 20093 131–6014–00
AWG,30KV,UL3239,58MM DIA A NODE X 1.9 L,0.125 LEAD
–16 346–0120–00 5 STRAP,TIEDOWN,E:5.5 L MIN,PLASTIC,WHITE 74594 ORDER BY DE-
SCRIPTION
–17 348–0171–00 1 GROMMET,PLASTIC:BLACK,U–SHAPED,0.276 ID 0KBZ5 NA
–18 337–4087–00 1 SHIELD,CRT:CRT SHIELD,METAL,1740A, 80009 337–4087–01
–19 154–0988–16 1 ELECTRON,TUBE:CRT,FINISHED,D14–375WA/988, 80009 154–0988–16
WFM300A,WFM601,WFM601I,A846C,
–20 386–6911–00 4 SUPPORT, SHIELD:CRT SHIELD SUPPORT,PLASTIC,1740A 80009 386–6911–00
–21 334–1379–00 1 MARKER,IDENT:MKD HI VACUUM 22670 ORDER BY DE-
SCRIPTION
–22 129–1444–00 6 SPACER,POST:6–32 X 0.300DP,0.975 L,0.250 HEX AL TK0588 129–1444–00
–23 210–0407–00 14 NUT,PLAIN,HEX:6–32 X 0.25,BRS CD PL 73743 3038–402
–24 174–3560–00 1 CABLE ASSY,SP:RIBBON,IDC,28 AWG,1.8L,2X30,RCPT BOTH TK1547 174–3560–00
ENDS
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 10–7
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
1 2 A8
3
4 5 A7
6
7
24
23
9
22
10 A6
11
21
20
14 13
12
15
18 16
17
19
Figure 10–2: DAC Bd, Component Bd, and CRT exploded view
10–8 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
Fig. &
index Tektronix part Serial no. Serial no. Mfr.
number number effective discont’d Qty Name & description code Mfr. part number
10–3–1 174–3126–00 1 CABLE ASSY:COAX,RFD,75 OHM,2.7L,SMB,FEMALE, TK2469 174–3126–00
RTANG,EACH END
–2 671–3614–00 1 CKT BD SUBASSY:A5 SERIAL 80009 679–3614–00
–3 174–3237–00 1 CA ASSY,RF:COAXIAL,RFD,75 OHM,16.0 L,RTANG SMB TK2469 174–3237–00
BOTH ENDS (WFM 601E and WFM 601M only)
–4 174–2652–01 22 CA ASSY:COAX,RFDSLDR,75 OHM,12.5L,SMB,RTANG,MALE 80009 174–2652–01
X SMB,RTANG,MALE
–5 426–2533–00 1 FRAME,CHASSIS:CHASSIS FRAME 80009 426–2533–00
–6 337–4049–00 1 SHIELD,ELEC:ELEC SHIELD,0.025 AL 80009 337–4049–00
–7 337–3951–01 1 SHIELD,ELEC:POWER SUPPLY,PLASTIC 80009 337–3951–01
–8 671–3616–00 1 CKT BD SUBASSY:A1 POWER SUPPLY 80009 679–3616–00
–9 337–3952–00 1 SHIELD,ELEC:POWER SUPPLY,TOP,PLASTIC 85471 337–3952–00
–10 334–3003–00 1 MARKER,IDENT:MKD DANGER POWER LINE POTENTIAL IN 22670 ORDER BY DE-
THIS AREA SCRIPTION
–11 211–0721–00 25 SCREW,MACHINE:6–32 X 0.375,T–15 TORX 0KB01 ORDER BY DE-
SCRIPTION
–12 129–1410–00 4 SPACER,POST:1.312 SPACING,6–32 INT & EXT,0.250 HEX, 05791 ST6981–1.312–32
–13 174–2746–00 3 CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:2 X 20,28 AWG,5.5 L,RIBBON 53387 80–6105–18179
–14 337–3837–01 1 SHEILD,ELEC:MAIN SHIELD,PLASTIC 80009 337–3837–01
–15 671–3158–00 1 CKT BD SUBASSY:A3 MAIN 80009 679–3158–00
–16 129–1308–00 1 SPACER,POST:6–32 X 0.75,HEX,STL,CAD PL 55566 4538–632–S–3
–17 343–0013–00 1 CLAMP,LOOP:0.375 ID,PLASTIC 06915 E6 CLEAR ROUND
CABLE CLAMP
–18 211–0720–01 1 SCREW,MACHINE:6–32 X 0.50,PNH,STL,TORX T–15 W/ SLOT 0KB01 211–0720–01
2 Two 174–2652–01 cable assemblies for the WFM 601E and WFM 601M, one for the WFM 601A
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 10–9
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
1 A5
2
3
4
6
7
A1
8 9
10
11
12
13
16
A3
15
17 18
14
10–10 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
Fig. &
index Tektronix part Serial no. Serial no. Mfr.
number number effective discont’d Qty Name & description code Mfr. part number
10–4–1 333–4183–01 1 PANEL,REAR:REAR PANEL,0.090 ALUM 80009 333–4183–00
–2 211–0720–01 2 SCREW,MACHINE:6–32 X 0.50,TORX T–15 WITH SLOT 0KB01 211–0720–01
–3 334–1378–00 1 MARKER,IDENT:MKD SERIAL NO,SAFETY CONTROLLED 85480 ORDER BY DE-
SCRIPTION
–4 334–3379–00 1 MARKER,IDENT:MARKED GROUND SYMBOL 22670 ORDER BY DE-
SCRIPTION
–5 210–0407–00 1 NUT,PLAIN,HEX:6–32 X 0.25,BRS CD PL 73743 3038–402
–6 119–0389–00 1 FILTER,RFI:3A,115/230VAC,60HZ 05245 3EF1 (F1449)
–7 131–4131–00 1 CONN,PLUG,ELEC:MALE W/LOCKING ADPTR 80126 B–0778
–8 211–0410–00 2 SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4–40 X 0.437,PNH,STL,CDPL,T–10 TORX 0KB01 211–0410–00
–9 210–0202–00 1 TERMINAL,LUG:0.146 ID,INTERNAL TOOTH,0.719 L,45 DEG 86928 A–373–158–2
–10 198–5808–00 1 WIRE SET,ELEC:DISCRETE,CUT/KIT,3,18 AWG,4.0 L,2,0.37 TK2469 198–5808–00
–11 214–3903–01 4 SCREW,JACK:4–40 X 0.312 EXT THD,4–40 INT THD 0KB01 214–3903–01
–12 200–4297–00 1 COVER,FAN:FAN COVER,0.040 ALUM 80009 200–4297–00
–13 378–0415–00 1 FILTER,AIR:2.360 X 2.360 85471 378–0415–00
The following three fan parts (14, 15, 16) are used by these
waveform analyzers and are not compatible with newer
parts:
B010100 B012587 WFM 601A
B010100 B011419 WFM 601E
B010100 B011741 WFM 601A
–14 407–4426–00 2 BRACKET:FAN BRACKET,0.040 ALUM 80009 407–4426–00
–15 119–5069–01 1 FAN,DC:TUBEAXIAL,12V,0.84W,70MA,3,000 RPM 0D1M6 2408NL–04W–B20
–16 348–1471–00 4 MOUNT,RESILIENT:FAN CUSHION,.760 X .774 0KBZ5 348–1471–00
The following three fan parts (14, 15, 16) are used by these
waveform analyzers:
B012588 WFM 601A
B011420 WFM 601E
B011742 WFM 601A
–14 407–4426–01 2 BRACKET:FAN BRACKET,0.040 ALUM 80009 407–4426–01
–15 119–5877–00 1 FAN,DC:TUBEAXIAL,12V,0.72W,90MA,3,150 RPM TK6159 119–5877–00
–16 348–1471–01 4 MOUNT,RESILIENT:FAN CUSHION,SILICONE RUBBER 0KBZ5 348–1471–01
WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual 10–11
Replaceable Mechanical Parts
2
1 3
8
7
4 5 6
22
10
11
18 12
19
17
20
A4
16
21
13
15 14
10–12 WFM 601A, WFM 601E, & WFM 601M Service Manual